# FunnelCreative > FunnelCreative turns an offer into a published funnel page on a FunnelCreative web address that collects enquiries: interest, waitlist sign-ups, demo requests, applications, quote requests, general enquiries and resource requests. Funnels never take payments, book times, enrol people, start trials or send email. AI writing isn’t switched on for customers yet. You write and edit every word yourself, and nothing on your page changes without you. AI drafting from your confirmed facts switches on once its quality evaluation passes. Numbers that are still being finalised are not printed; each owner’s current allowances are shown in their account (Settings → Brand & presets → Plan). Read the AI assistant guide first. Every page below is plain markdown. --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/ai-assistant-guide # AI assistant guide > How an AI assistant helping a FunnelCreative user should work: what the product can and cannot do, briefs, facts, recipe choice and the honesty rules. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: AI assistants Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/ai-assistant-guide This guide is written for AI assistants and agents that help a FunnelCreative user. Read it before answering questions about FunnelCreative or drafting copy for a FunnelCreative funnel. Every statement here describes the current release. Where this guide and a general assumption about "funnel builders" disagree, this guide is correct. ## What FunnelCreative is FunnelCreative turns an offer into a published funnel page on a FunnelCreative web address. Every funnel collects an enquiry: interest, a waitlist sign-up, a demo request, an application, a quote request, a general enquiry or a resource request. A publishable funnel is a landing page with one lead form plus a thank-you page that states one fixed promised next step (three recipes make a page with no form in this release; see Cannot). The owner starts from a recipe, confirms their business facts, edits the page, publishes it, and reads the leads in an inbox. FunnelCreative is sold on JVZoo as three plans: **FunnelCreative Commercial** (create, edit and publish funnels, lead inbox, email drafts), **Pro** (shown in the app as **FunnelCreative Pro**; adds brand kits, presets and hiding the badge) and **Campaign Vault** (25 ready-made campaign packs). Funnels never take payments, book times, enrol people, start trials or send email. ## Can Each item names where it happens in the product. Bold text is the exact label in the app. - Can: suggest a starting recipe from a plain-language brief. Where: the Create screen at [/app](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app), box **Describe your funnel**, button **Find my starting point**. The suggestion is keyword matching, marked **Suggested** on one recipe card. The owner always chooses. - Can: start a funnel from one of 10 recipes. Where: a recipe card on the Create screen or the **Recipe library** at [/app/library](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app/library). See [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md). - Can: record business facts that the owner confirms. Where: the editor’s **Business facts** tab. Three are required (**Audience**, **Offer**, **Promised next step**) and two are optional (**Assets**, **Claims**). - Can: edit every field of every section, move sections up or down, hide optional sections and switch between 3 page styles. Where: the editor’s **Page design** tab, with **Funnel basics**, **Page style** and **Sections**. - Can: edit the lead form: questions, help text, required or optional, choice lists, field order and the consent statement. Where: the **Form** or **Application form** section. Field types are **Short answer**, **Long answer** and **Choice list**, plus the required email field. - Can: add an image with an image description (alt text) to the **Top of page** section (needs **FunnelCreative Commercial**). Where: **Upload an image** or **Your uploaded images**, then **Image description**. - Can: undo and redo, keep every saved version, and restore an old version as a new draft. Where: **Undo**, **Redo** and **Version history** above the editor. Saving is automatic; there is no Save button. - Can: publish a funnel to a FunnelCreative web address, publish changes, roll back to an earlier published version and take a funnel down. Where: the **Launch setup** tab, **Web address**, the publish button (“Publish · version N”), **Roll back to version N** and **Unpublish**. - Can: store every form submission as a lead with its consent record. Where: the funnel’s **Leads** tab and **All leads** on **My funnels**. Leads get a status (**New**, **Contacted**, **Qualified**, **Closed**, **Spam**) and private notes. - Can: export leads as a CSV file (owners and admins). Where: **Export CSV** in the lead inbox. - Can: count landing-page views and accepted form submissions per published version and per day. Where: the **Analytics** tab. Counts only. - Can: hold follow-up email drafts for the owner to copy into their own email tool. Where: the **Email drafts** tab, with **Copy text**, **Download .txt** and **Download .eml**. FunnelCreative sends none of them. - Can (Pro): save brand kits with a logo, four colours, fonts and button corners, checked for readable contrast; set a default kit or one kit per funnel; hide the “Made with FunnelCreative” badge; save a funnel as a preset and start new funnels from it. Where: **Brand & presets** at [/app/settings/brand](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app/settings/brand). Kit and badge changes reach a live page from its next publish. - Can (Campaign Vault): browse 25 campaign packs, install one as a new funnel, fill in its labelled blanks, and read its email drafts, ad angles, setup checklist and lead-magnet outline. Where: **Campaign Vault** at [/app/vault](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app/vault), the **Ad angles** tab, and **Launch setup**. 6 download packs hand the owner’s own file to each visitor on the thank-you page. - Can: share a workspace with a team in four roles: Owner, Admin, Member and Viewer. Where: **Account & data** at [/app/settings/account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app/settings/account), card **Members of **, button **Invite a teammate**. - Can: export all of a workspace’s data as one file, delete a single lead on request, and close the account. Where: **Export your data**, **Delete this lead** and **Close your account**. - Can: work without signing in, saving drafts in the browser, and later import them. Where: [/app](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app) signed out, then **Import my browser drafts** on **My funnels**. ## Cannot - Cannot: take payments, run a checkout or show an order summary on a funnel. - Cannot: book appointments, calls or sessions, or schedule anything. - Cannot: enrol students, host a course or give course access. - Cannot: start trials or create accounts or logins for visitors. - Cannot: send email of any kind from a funnel: no autoresponders, no sequences, no broadcasts, and no notification to the owner when a lead arrives. - Cannot: publish on a custom domain. Every funnel lives on a FunnelCreative web address. - Cannot: connect a CRM, webhooks or any other integration. Leads leave FunnelCreative only through the owner’s CSV export or account data export. - Cannot: run split tests. - Cannot: accept custom code, HTML, scripts, styles, links or tracking pixels in page fields. - Cannot: add a section, delete a section, add a new section type or move a section to another page. Sections can only be moved up or down within their page, and optional ones hidden. - Cannot: add a form to a recipe that has none. **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** and **Application to discovery call** create a page with no form in this release, so a funnel made from them can’t be published and can’t collect enquiries. - Cannot: fill in business facts from a website. The owner types or pastes them. - Cannot: archive or delete a funnel from the app in this release. A live funnel can be taken down with **Unpublish**. - Cannot: draft page copy with AI for customers yet. AI writing isn’t switched on for customers yet. You write and edit every word yourself, and nothing on your page changes without you. AI drafting from your confirmed facts switches on once its quality evaluation passes. - Cannot: state a user’s allowances. Allowances that are still being finalised are shown only in the user’s own account: on the **Plan** card under Settings, **Brand & presets**, and on the **My funnels** tiles. ## Plans and roles | What’s included | FunnelCreative Commercial | Pro | Campaign Vault | |---|---|---|---| | Create and edit funnels from the recipes | Yes | Yes | No | | Publish to a FunnelCreative web address | Yes | Yes | No | | Lead inbox and CSV export | Yes | Yes | No | | Brand kits | No | Yes | No | | Hide the FunnelCreative badge | No | Yes | No | | Presets | No | Yes | No | | Campaign Vault packs | No | No | Yes | - Plans belong to a workspace. Everyone in that workspace works under its plans. - **Pro** needs **FunnelCreative Commercial** in the same workspace. If Commercial is refunded, Pro is suspended until the workspace has Commercial again. - **Campaign Vault** works alone for installing and editing packs. Publishing, uploading images or files, and starting a funnel from a recipe need **FunnelCreative Commercial**. - A purchase is attached to the email address used at JVZoo. Sign-up is otherwise closed: an account comes from a purchase or from an owner or admin adding the address to a workspace. - After a **FunnelCreative Commercial** refund, the workspace can no longer create, edit or publish funnels; what it already holds stays and can be exported. After a **Pro** refund, pages return to the FunnelCreative look, with the badge, from their next publish. - The app shows no prices, and this guide states none. | What you can do | Who can do it | |---|---| | See funnels, versions and what is live | Owner, Admin, Member, Viewer | | Create a funnel | Owner, Admin, Member | | Edit a funnel | Owner, Admin, Member | | Publish or roll back a funnel | Owner, Admin, Member | | Unpublish a funnel | Owner, Admin, Member | | See leads | Owner, Admin, Member | | Change a lead’s status or notes | Owner, Admin, Member | | Delete a lead | Owner, Admin | | Export leads as CSV | Owner, Admin | | Invite a teammate | Owner, Admin | | Change someone’s role | Owner | | Remove a teammate | Owner, Admin | | Edit a brand kit | Owner, Admin | | Save a preset | Owner, Admin, Member | | Install a Campaign Vault pack | Owner, Admin, Member | | Delete the workspace | Owner | - The owner is fixed and can’t be changed or removed. Owners and admins invite people; only the owner changes roles. - Adding a teammate sends no email. Whoever added them tells the teammate to sign in with the invited address, then open the workspace from the workspace menu (**Your workspaces**). - Viewers never see leads. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md) and [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## Helping a user write a brief A strong brief lets the user confirm facts quickly and gives the copy something specific to say. It contains: - the business name, as it should appear on the page - the audience, in the words those people would use for themselves - the offer, in one or two sentences a visitor would recognise - exactly one promised next step, chosen from the fixed list below - what the user wants to collect (the goal), and a recipe if they know one - assets they already have (logo, photos, a guide, a video) - results or credentials they can prove, or “none” - the tone, and words or promises to avoid - a real deadline, or “none” Rules for the conversation: - Ask one question at a time when a line is missing. Never fill a gap with a guess. - Mark any fact the user hasn’t given as `[ask me]` in drafts, and ask for it. - Treat “none” as a real answer. With no provable results, the copy contains no results. - Keep the user’s own wording for the audience and offer where you can. The user can copy this template from [Using FunnelCreative with your AI assistant](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant.md): ```text FUNNELCREATIVE BRIEF Business name: Who this is for (the people you want to reach, in your own words): What you’re offering (one or two sentences a visitor would recognise): What happens after someone fills in the form (pick exactly one; each recipe offers only some of these, see the recipe reference): - Interest registered: Your interest has been registered. Nothing has been bought or booked. - On the waitlist: You have joined the waitlist. No account or trial has been created. - Request received: Your demo request has been received. No time has been booked yet. - Application received: Your application has been received and will be reviewed. Nothing has been booked or paid for. - Request received: Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order. - Enquiry received: Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for. - Request received: Your request has been received. Nothing has been bought or booked. - Registration received: Your registration has been received. The host sends the joining details. Put the date and time in your calendar now; this page doesn't send reminders. What I want to collect (for example: waitlist sign-ups, quote requests, applications, enquiries): Recipe, if I know it (optional; these recipes have a form and collect enquiries): - Webinar to course - Appointment requests - Quote requests - Consultation enquiries - Membership enquiries - Table enquiries - Waitlist sign-ups Things I already have (logo, photos, a guide, a video): Results or credentials I can prove (or "none"): Tone (for example: warm, plain, expert): Words or promises to avoid: Deadline, if there is a real one (or "none"): NOTES FOR MY AI ASSISTANT - Before you write anything, read FunnelCreative's llms.txt (at /llms.txt on the FunnelCreative site) and follow its AI assistant guide. - Use only the facts in this brief. Never invent results, testimonials, reviews, numbers, prices, dates, credentials or guarantees. - Where a fact you need is missing, write [ask me] instead of guessing. - Keep every piece of copy within the field limits listed in the AI assistant guide. - Every button asks for the enquiry itself, in a few words, for example "Join the waitlist" or "Request a quote". - Never write that anything was bought, booked, started or sent: the form only collects an enquiry. - Only mention a deadline if the brief gives a real one. - Plain text only: no HTML, links, emoji or merge tokens in double curly brackets. ``` ## How facts work - A fact has a status. Only a confirmed fact counts. A suggested fact, or one taken from the brief, is a proposal the owner must check. - The owner confirms facts on the **Business facts** tab: “Confirm audience”, “Confirm offer” and “Confirm promised next step”. Optional **Assets** and **Claims** are saved with “Save assets” and “Save claims”. An AI assistant never confirms a fact; only the owner does, in the app. - For a funnel started from a recipe, the three required facts are the facts gate: publishing waits until all three are confirmed. For an installed Campaign Vault pack, publishing waits until every labelled blank is confirmed. Editing copy never waits. - Suggestions come from simple text rules: the first sentence of the brief as the offer, the words after “for” in the brief as the audience, and the recipe’s default promise. They can be wrong. - Confirming a fact saves a new version of the funnel. - **Assets** is a text list only. It attaches no files. Images are uploaded in the section editor. - **Claims** holds only what the owner can prove. FunnelCreative’s own suggestions never put unconfirmed claims, proof, deadlines or assets on the page, but copy typed or pasted by hand isn’t checked against **Claims**. Never add a claim the owner hasn’t confirmed. - The promised next step is a fixed choice. The thank-you page states the matching statement word for word; it never comes from page copy. The choices depend on the recipe: | Promised next step | What the thank-you page says | Recipes that offer it | |---|---|---| | Interest registered | Your interest has been registered. Nothing has been bought or booked. | Webinar to course, Product offer with optional upsell | | On the waitlist | You have joined the waitlist. No account or trial has been created. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Request received | Your demo request has been received. No time has been booked yet. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Application received | Your application has been received and will be reviewed. Nothing has been booked or paid for. | Application to discovery call | | Request received | Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order. | Appointment requests, Quote requests, Consultation enquiries, Membership enquiries, Table enquiries | | Enquiry received | Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for. | Appointment requests, Quote requests, Consultation enquiries, Membership enquiries, Table enquiries | | Request received | Your request has been received. Nothing has been bought or booked. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Registration received | Your registration has been received. The host sends the joining details. Put the date and time in your calendar now; this page doesn't send reminders. | Campaign Vault packs only | - Placeholders: where copy needs a fact that isn’t confirmed, it can hold a token such as `{{fact:offer}}`. Confirming that fact fills every matching token, except in sections and email drafts where **Keep my wording** is ticked; the owner replaces those by hand. Any placeholder left in visible copy or an email draft blocks publishing, and so does any other text in double curly brackets. - Recipe email drafts start with tokens such as `{{first_name}}`. FunnelCreative doesn’t fill these in. The owner must delete or replace every one before the funnel can be published. - New recipe funnels start without a consent statement. The owner adds one from **Launch setup** with **Add a consent statement**, or in the form section’s **Consent statement** field. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). ## Choosing a recipe Match the user’s goal to a recipe that has a form. Recommend, then let the user choose. | The user wants | Recipe | What the form collects | |---|---|---| | launch interest or early access for software, a product or a shop | **Waitlist sign-ups** | an email address | | interest in a workshop before a course | **Webinar to course** | name and email address | | coaching or consulting conversations | **Consultation enquiries** | what they want to explore and improve, name, email address | | quotes for a job | **Quote requests** | project type, suburb, details, name, email address | | appointment enquiries for a practice | **Appointment requests** | topic, preferred day or time, name, email address | | class or membership enquiries | **Membership enquiries** | interest, goal, name, email address | | table enquiries for a venue | **Table enquiries** | date, time, party size, name, email address | - Do not recommend **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** or **Application to discovery call** in this release. They have no form, so they can’t be published or collect enquiries. For software and ecommerce, use **Waitlist sign-ups**. For coaching, use **Consultation enquiries**. - The **Funnel journey** tab shows a recipe’s later steps marked **Planned**. Those steps are a guide only. Never describe them as features. - Every recipe card, form field, outcome and email-draft count is listed in the [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md). Campaign Vault packs are listed in the [Campaign Vault pack reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/vault-packs.md). ## Drafting copy for a FunnelCreative funnel These rules restate the rules FunnelCreative’s own writing follows. Only some of them are checked when the owner publishes: wording that says something was bought, booked, started or sent (in the top of the page, offer, call to action, form headings, thank-you page, consent statement and email text), button words, placeholders and double curly brackets. Nothing checks for invented proof, numbers, prices, urgency or unconfirmed facts, and sections such as **Benefits** and **Questions** aren’t claim-checked, so follow every rule yourself. - MUST: give the page one promise. Every section leads to the same next step: sending the enquiry. - MUST: state only what the confirmed facts say. - MUST NOT: invent proof, testimonials, reviews, ratings, client names, numbers, statistics, prices, dates, credentials, awards or guarantees. - MUST NOT: add urgency or scarcity unless the user confirmed a real deadline. Then use its wording. - MUST NOT: say or imply that a payment, booking, enrolment, account, trial, access, download or email has happened, or will happen automatically. - MUST: write buttons that ask for the enquiry itself, in two to five words that echo the promised next step. Examples that pass: “Register your interest”, “Join the waitlist”, “Request a quote”, “Send your enquiry”. - MUST NOT: write buttons that buy, book, enrol, start a trial or download. Button text is checked more strictly than other copy. Examples that are blocked: | Example wording | Why it stops publishing | |---|---| | Buy now | Asks for a payment, and funnels don’t take payments | | Book your call | Asks to book a time, and funnels don’t book anything | | Start your free trial | Promises a trial, and funnels don’t start trials | | Get instant access | Promises access, and funnels don’t create accounts or give access | | Download now | Promises a download before anyone has filled in the form | | Thank you for your purchase | Says a purchase happened, and nothing is bought on a funnel | | Your booking is confirmed | Says a booking happened, and nothing is booked on a funnel | | You’re enrolled | Says someone joined a course, and funnels don’t enrol anyone | | We’ve sent you an email | Says an email went out, and funnels don’t send email | - MUST: leave a missing fact as `[ask me]` in your draft and ask the user. Never guess. - MUST NOT: write testimonials, reviews or quotes from customers. No funnel in this release has a testimonials section, and sections can’t be added. - MUST: write plain text only: no HTML, markdown, links, email addresses, phone numbers or emoji in page fields. Email drafts accept a small formatting set; plain text is always safe. - MUST NOT: use merge tokens in double curly brackets, such as `{{first_name}}`. They block publishing. - MUST: stay within each field’s limits. A field stops taking text at its limit, so longer copy is cut off when the owner pastes it: | Section | Field | Limit | |---|---|---| | Header | Tagline | Up to 120 characters, optional | | Top of page | Kicker | Up to 80 characters, optional | | Top of page | Headline | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Top of page | Introduction | Up to 1,000 characters, optional | | Top of page | Button text | Up to 200 characters, optional | | Top of page | Image | One image from your uploads, optional | | Benefits | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Benefits | Benefits | 1 to 6 benefits; Title up to 200 characters; Text up to 4,000 characters | | Offer | Heading | Up to 160 characters | | Offer | Description | Up to 2,000 characters, optional | | Offer | What’s included | 0 to 8 items; each up to 200 characters | | Offer | Note | Up to 300 characters, optional | | Offer | Button text | Up to 80 characters | | Questions | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Questions | Questions | 1 to 12 questions; Question up to 300 characters; Answer up to 2,000 characters | | Call to action | Heading | Up to 160 characters | | Call to action | Text | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Call to action | Button text | Up to 80 characters | | Text section | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Text section | Text | Up to 4,000 characters | | Form | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Form | Introduction | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Form | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Form | Introduction | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Application form | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Application form | Introduction | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Thank-you message | Headline | Up to 160 characters | | Thank-you message | Message | Up to 2,000 characters | | Thank-you message | Next steps | 0 to 4 steps; each up to 200 characters | | Download | Heading | Up to 160 characters | | Download | Text | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Download | Button text | Up to 80 characters | | Footer | Note | Up to 300 characters, optional | - SHOULD: open with the reader’s problem in their words, write a specific headline about what the reader gets, and use concrete confirmed details instead of adjectives. ## What the user does in FunnelCreative vs elsewhere | In FunnelCreative | Elsewhere, in the user’s own tools | |---|---| | Choose a recipe or install a Campaign Vault pack | Email their leads, using the email drafts as a starting point | | Confirm business facts | Run ads, using a pack’s ad angles as a starting point | | Edit the page, form and consent statement | Make the lead-magnet file for a download pack | | Publish, roll back and unpublish | Handle any payment, in the payment tool they already use | | Read, sort and annotate leads | Arrange calls or appointments, in their own calendar | | Export leads as a CSV file | Reply to each lead and follow up | | Edit, copy and download email drafts | Keep their CRM or mailing list up to date from the CSV export | ## Answering questions about FunnelCreative - Cite the help page you used, as `/docs/` on the FunnelCreative site. [llms.txt](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/llms.txt) lists every page with a one-line summary. - For numbers that belong to the user’s plan (live funnels, stored funnels, AI units, brand kits, retention periods, upload sizes), send the user to their **Plan** card (Settings, **Brand & presets**, **Plan**), their **My funnels** tiles, or their **Account & data** screen. These numbers are still being finalised and aren’t in this guide. - Never guess a price, allowance, hosting term, refund window, guarantee or release date. - Never state what the licence allows, for example whether funnels may be made for other businesses. Send the user to the terms shown where they bought FunnelCreative. - If the help pages don’t cover something, say so plainly. Don’t fill the gap with how other products work. - Describe only screens and buttons that exist. There is no archive button for funnels, no “sign out everywhere”, no way to create or rename a workspace, no shareable preview link and no Save button in the editor. - Use the app’s labels exactly, in its spelling: “enquiry”, “colours”, “recognise”. - Never ask the user to paste leads’ personal details into a chat. Leads are never sent to AI providers, and an assistant should keep it that way. - If a user reports an error message, find it on [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md) and quote the fix. Common questions are answered on [Frequently asked questions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/faq.md), and features that aren’t in this release are listed on [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md). ## Things an assistant must never say - Never say a funnel takes payments or has a checkout. - Never say a funnel books appointments or calls. - Never say that a booking is confirmed. - Never say FunnelCreative enrols students or hosts courses. - Never say a visitor gets a trial, an account or a login. - Never say FunnelCreative sends emails, autoresponders or sequences. - Never say FunnelCreative notifies the owner when a lead arrives. - Never say the user can connect a custom domain. - Never say FunnelCreative connects to a CRM, webhooks or other tools. - Never say FunnelCreative can split test pages. - Never say anything is unlimited or lifetime. - Never promise a guarantee, a refund period or a price. - Never state what the licence permits, such as making funnels for other businesses; the terms shown at purchase decide that. - Never promise more sales, more conversions, income or any other result. - Never say new Vault packs arrive every month. - Never describe a page as done for you or built in seconds. - Never say FunnelCreative writes page copy with AI today. - Never name the AI model or AI company behind any AI writing, FunnelCreative’s or the user’s own. - Never use hype or marketing superlatives about FunnelCreative. - Never claim the published pages are fully accessible or certified. They pass automated accessibility checks only. ## Stable facts These numbers are decided and safe to state: | Limit | Value | Where you see it | |---|---|---| | Base recipes | 10 recipes | **Recipe library** | | Page styles | 3 styles | the **Page style** menu in the editor | | Campaign Vault packs | 25 packs | **Campaign Vault** | | Vault packs with a download | 6 packs | **Campaign Vault** | | Email drafts in each Vault pack | 5 email drafts | a pack’s **Email drafts** tab | | Ad angles in each Vault pack | 3 ad angles | a pack’s **Ad angles** tab | | Section types | 13 section types | the editor’s **Sections** list | | Brief length | 2,500 characters | the **Describe your funnel** box | | How long a sign-in link works | 15 minutes | the sign-in email, and the screen you see after asking for a link | | Drafts kept in one browser | 50 drafts | **My funnels** when you are signed out | | Images and files in one funnel | 24 files | the message when you add one more | | Fields in a form | 12 fields | the form section editor | | Fields in a compact form | 4 fields | the form section editor | | Choices in one question | 20 choices | the form section editor | | Data exports a day | 3 exports a day | **Export your data** (**Settings → Account & data**) | | Brand kit logo size | 150 KB | the brand kit editor | | How long a visitor’s download link works | 30 minutes | the thank-you page of a download pack | | Older version’s form still accepted after an update | 24 hours | your lead inbox (the version number on each lead) | | Leads shown per page | 50 leads | the lead inbox | | Recent leads counted on My funnels | 7 days | the **Leads, last N days** tile and each funnel card on **My funnels** | | Funnel name and business name length | 120 characters | the **Funnel name** and **Business name** boxes | | Audience fact length | 400 characters | the **Who is this for?** box | | Offer fact length | 600 characters | the **What are you offering?** box | | Assets fact length | 600 characters | the **What do you already have?** box | | Claims fact length | 800 characters | the **Which results or credentials can you back up?** box | | Form question, help text and choice length | 200 characters | the form section editor | | Consent statement length | 1,000 characters | the **Consent statement** box | | Email draft subject length | 200 characters | the **Subject** box on **Email drafts** | | Email draft preview text length | 150 characters | the **Preview text** box on **Email drafts** | | Email draft text length | 4,000 characters | the **Email text** box on **Email drafts** | | Lead note length | 2,000 characters | the notes box on a lead | | Brand kit name length | 60 characters | the **Kit name** box | | Instruction for rewriting a section with AI writing | 500 characters | the **What should change?** box (once AI writing is switched on) | | Preset name length | 80 characters | the **Preset name** box | - Recipes: 10. - Page styles (layout families): 3. Their names differ by screen: - Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) - Section types: 13. - Campaign Vault packs: 25, five per audience, of which 6 are download packs. Each pack has five email drafts and three ad angles. - Audiences used for filters: - Courses - Software - Ecommerce - Coaching - Services - Roles: four (Owner, Admin, Member, Viewer). - Plans in this release: three (**FunnelCreative Commercial**, **Pro**, **Campaign Vault**). --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started # Getting started: from your purchase to your first enquiry > Go from your JVZoo purchase to a published funnel page, then send yourself a test enquiry and see it arrive in your lead inbox. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started This walkthrough takes you through every step once, in order. Each step links to a fuller guide if you want more detail. AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. ## Who can do this Anyone who bought FunnelCreative Commercial. Owners, admins and members of a workspace can do every step. A viewer can read funnels but can’t create, change or publish them. ## Before you start You need: - The email address you used when you bought FunnelCreative on JVZoo. Your access belongs to that address. - A plain description of what you offer and who it is for. - A few minutes to read the sample copy and replace it with your own words. ## Step 1: Sign in with your purchase email 1. After your purchase, look for an email with the subject **Sign in to FunnelCreative to use your purchase**. It is sent to the email address you used at JVZoo. 2. Open it and click **Sign in to FunnelCreative**. The link works once and only for 15 minutes. 3. A page asks “Continue to FunnelCreative?”. Because you didn’t ask for this link from the sign-in page, it also says **This link wasn’t requested from this browser.** The rest of the warning says that continuing signs this browser in to whichever account the link belongs to. That is expected for this first email: it was sent only to the address you bought with, so the account is yours. Click **Sign in**. 4. The page shows **Signed in as **. Click **Continue**. Your purchase set up a FunnelCreative account for that email address, with a workspace called **My workspace**. There is no password. FunnelCreative sends this email only when the purchase set up a new account. If you already had a FunnelCreative account with that address, you get no purchase email. Sign in from [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) instead: the purchase is already on your workspace. If the link has run out, go to [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login), type the same email address under **Email address** and click **Email me a sign-in link**. Use the new link within 15 minutes. [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) explains every sign-in screen. > Note: Sign-up is closed. Only an address that already has an account gets a sign-in link. If you type a different address from the one you bought with, the page looks the same but no email arrives. ## Step 2: Create a funnel from a recipe that has a form 1. In the sidebar, click **Create a funnel** (or the **New funnel** button). Lower down the sidebar, **About this preview** shows a short tip inside the app, and **Help & guides** opens these help pages in a new tab. 2. Optional: describe your offer in the box labelled **Describe your funnel**, then click **Find my starting point**. This only highlights a matching recipe. It creates nothing. 3. Click **Browse all 10 recipes**, then pick a recipe card. The card says **Make it yours**. Choose a recipe that has a form, because only a form collects enquiries. These work well for a first funnel: | Your business | Pick this recipe | |---|---| | Software, an app or a product launch | **Waitlist sign-ups** | | Ecommerce or a shop | **Waitlist sign-ups** | | Coaching or consulting | **Consultation enquiries** | | Courses and workshops | **Webinar to course** | | Local or professional services | **Quote requests**, **Appointment requests**, **Consultation enquiries**, **Membership enquiries** or **Table enquiries** | > Limit: Three of the five recipes on the Create screen, **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** and **Application to discovery call**, have no form in this release. A funnel made from them can’t be published or collect enquiries, and the editor can’t add a form. Use the recipes in the table above. FunnelCreative opens your new funnel in the editor on the **Page design** tab. It starts with the recipe’s sample copy, a form and a set of email drafts. [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md) covers this screen in full. ## Step 3: Confirm your three facts 1. Click **Confirm your facts** at the top of the editor, or open the **Business facts** tab. 2. Answer **Who is this for?** in your own words and confirm it. 3. Answer **What are you offering?** in one or two sentences and confirm it. 4. Under **What happens after someone fills in the form?**, choose the promise your thank-you page will make, then confirm it. Each confirm button names its fact (**Confirm **): Confirm audience, Confirm offer and Confirm promised next step. When all three are done, the progress line reads **ready for launch review** and the editor’s top button changes to **Review setup**. You can’t publish until all three facts are confirmed. [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) explains each question and the choices. ## Step 4: Make the page yours 1. Go back to the **Page design** tab. 2. Under **Funnel basics**, set **Funnel name** and **Business name**. 3. Replace the sample **Headline**, **Introduction** and **Button text** with your own words. Change any other section in the outline the same way. 4. Watch the preview on the right. It updates as you type. Changes save by themselves. The heading shows **Saved to your workspace** when they are stored. There is no Save button. [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) covers sections, forms and images. > Note: The recipe’s sample copy describes a made-up business. Read every section and change anything that isn’t true for you before you publish. ## Step 5: Edit the email drafts Every recipe comes with follow-up email drafts, and they contain merge tokens such as `{{first_name}}`. FunnelCreative doesn’t fill these in, so a funnel can’t be published while any draft still contains one. 1. Open the **Email drafts** tab. 2. Open each draft in turn. 3. In **Subject** and **Email text**, delete or replace every token in double curly braces, such as `{{first_name}}`. For example, change “Hi `{{first_name}}`,” to “Hi there,”. 4. Read the rest of the draft and change anything that doesn’t fit your business. FunnelCreative doesn’t send email. When you want to use a draft, copy it into your own email tool. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). ## Step 6: Add a consent statement New recipe funnels start without a consent statement, and a form can’t go live without one. 1. Open the **Launch setup** tab. 2. Under **Before you publish version N**, find the item for the form. It says **Has no consent statement. Visitors must be asked, with an unticked box, before they send their details.** 3. Click **Add a consent statement**. 4. Read the suggested wording in **Consent statement (shown beside an unticked box)**. It starts as “I agree to be contacted about my enquiry. My details are used only to reply to it.” Change it if you need to. 5. Click **Save statement**. On your live page, visitors must tick this box before they can send the form. ## Step 7: Choose a web address and publish 1. Still on **Launch setup**, go to **Web address**. 2. In **Choose the address visitors will use**, keep the suggestion or type your own. Use lowercase letters, numbers and single hyphens. 3. Click **Save address**. You see **Web address saved.** 4. Check the list of launch checks. Each remaining item has one button that takes you to the fix. When the list is clear, it says **Ready to publish**. 5. Click **Publish**. The button also shows the number of the version you are about to publish, for example “Publish · version 4”. 6. Read the dialog and click **Publish version N**. When the server confirms, the status under **What visitors see** reads **Live** with the version number, and you see **Open live page**. [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) explains every launch check. ## Step 8: Send a test enquiry and find it in Leads 1. Click **Open live page**. Your page opens in a new tab at its FunnelCreative address. 2. Fill in the form as a visitor would, tick the consent box and send it. If you send it within a few seconds of opening the page, you are asked to wait a moment and try again. 3. The thank-you page states the promise you confirmed in step 3, word for word. 4. Back in FunnelCreative, open the funnel’s **Leads** tab. Your test enquiry is at the top of the list. You can also see enquiries from every funnel together: go to **My funnels** and choose **All leads**. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ## What happens next Your funnel stays live when you close FunnelCreative. Editing the page afterwards changes nothing for visitors until you publish again. Each enquiry lands in **Leads**, where you can add notes, set a status and export a CSV file. Follow up with people from your own email tool. ## Limits - Funnels collect enquiries only. They don’t take payments, book appointments, enrol students, start trials or send email. - Your page lives on a FunnelCreative web address. - For how many funnels can be live at once, see the **Live funnels** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). - The sign-in link works once, for 15 minutes. ## If something goes wrong - The sign-in email doesn’t arrive, or a button is greyed out: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). - A launch check you don’t understand: see [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). - A question not covered here: see [Frequently asked questions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/faq.md). ## Related - [How FunnelCreative works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works.md) - [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md) - [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md#import-your-browser-drafts) - [Using FunnelCreative with your AI assistant](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in # Signing in and out > FunnelCreative has no passwords: you sign in with a one-time link emailed to the address your account belongs to, and you sign out from the sidebar. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in ## Who can do this Anyone with a FunnelCreative account. Your account comes from a purchase, or from an owner or admin adding your email address to their workspace. Being added to a workspace doesn’t send you an email: go to [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) and ask for a link with that address. You can’t create an account from the sign-in page. ## How sign-in works - There is no password. Each time you sign in, FunnelCreative emails a one-time link to your address. - A link works once. It stops working 15 minutes after you ask for it. - Nothing happens when you open the link. You are signed in only when you click the button on the page it opens. - Signing in affects only the browser you click the button in. ## Sign in 1. Go to [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login). On a wide screen, the workspace also shows a **Sign in** link at the top right when you are signed out. 2. Type your address under **Email address**. 3. Click **Email me a sign-in link**. The button shows **Sending…** while it works. 4. When the request is accepted, the “Check your email” screen opens. It shows your address partly hidden and reminds you to open the link in this browser. 5. Open the email. Its subject is **Your FunnelCreative sign-in link**. Click **Sign in to FunnelCreative**. 6. The link opens a page that asks “Continue to FunnelCreative?”. Click **Sign in as **. While it works, the button shows **Signing in…**. 7. The page shows **Signed in as **. Click **Continue**. You go back to the screen you started from. If you had picked a recipe before signing in, the page tells you that you’ll go back to where you were, with the recipe you picked. If you change your mind on the “Continue to FunnelCreative?” page, click **Cancel**. Nothing changes. ### After you ask for a link - **Send another link** asks for a fresh link to the same address. The screen then says **Another link was requested.** Each link works once and stops working after 15 minutes. - **Use a different address** takes you back to the sign-in form. - If you didn’t ask for a link, close the page. As the screen says, **Didn’t ask for this? You can close this page; nothing changes until a link is used.** > Note: The screen looks the same whether or not the address has an account. This keeps other people from finding out who uses FunnelCreative. If you asked for many links in a short time, the screen also looks the same, but no new email is sent. ### Opening the link in a different browser The link works in any browser. If you open it in a browser that didn’t ask for it, the page warns: **This link wasn’t requested from this browser.** Only continue if you asked for the link yourself. The button then reads **Sign in**. After you sign in there, you still go to the screen you started from. Anything kept only in the first browser, such as what you typed on the Create screen or drafts made without signing in, stays in that browser. ## Your first sign-in after buying When you buy FunnelCreative on JVZoo, the purchase sets up a FunnelCreative account for the email address you used at JVZoo, with a workspace called **My workspace**. 1. Look for the email with the subject **Sign in to FunnelCreative to use your purchase**. 2. Click **Sign in to FunnelCreative**. This link also works once, for 15 minutes. 3. On the “Continue to FunnelCreative?” page, you see the warning **This link wasn’t requested from this browser.** The full warning goes on to say that continuing signs this browser in to whichever account the link belongs to. That is expected here: you didn’t ask for this link from the sign-in page, and it was emailed only to the address you bought with. Click **Sign in**, then **Continue**. FunnelCreative sends this email only when the purchase set up a new account. If you already had a FunnelCreative account with that address, you get no purchase email: sign in from [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) as usual, and the purchase is already on your workspace. If that link has run out, sign in from [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) with the same email address. Later purchases made with the same address, such as Pro or Campaign Vault, go into the same workspace. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). > Limit: Your access belongs to the email address you used at JVZoo. Signing in with a different address signs you in to a different account, or to none. ## If you’re already signed in If you open [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) while signed in, it says **Signed in as **. Click **Continue to your workspace**, or **Not you? Sign out**. ## Which workspace you land in Every sign-in opens your own workspace first. If someone added you to their workspace, open the workspace menu at the top of the sidebar (**Your workspaces**) and pick theirs. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## Sign out 1. At the bottom of the sidebar, next to **Signed in** and your email address, click **Sign out**. 2. If a funnel has changes that aren’t saved yet, FunnelCreative asks first: **Some changes haven’t been saved to your workspace yet. Sign out anyway?** Choose Cancel to stay and let them save. Signing out signs out this browser only. Other browsers where you signed in stay signed in until their own session ends. Drafts saved in this browser without an account stay where they are. If signing out fails, you see **We couldn’t sign you out. Check your connection and try again.** ## When your session ends A session ends after a period without use, and after a longer maximum time. When it ends while you work, the workspace shows: **Your session has ended, so changes can’t be saved to your workspace. Browser drafts still work here.** Click **Sign in again**. The funnel you had open stays on screen while you do, and changes that couldn’t be saved are kept in this browser. ## Limits - The link works once, for 15 minutes. - Sign-up is closed. Only addresses that already have an account get a sign-in link. - There are no passwords. - You can’t change your account’s email address yourself. ## If something goes wrong These messages can appear on the sign-in pages: - **This link has expired or was already used. Links work once and last 15 minutes.** Click **Request a new link**. - **This sign-in link is incomplete. Copy the whole link from the email, or ask for a new one.** The link was cut short. Copy the whole address from the email. - **Enter the email address you use for FunnelCreative.** The address isn’t in a valid format. - **Sign-in by email isn’t available on this server yet. Your browser drafts still work in the workspace.** This server can’t send sign-in emails yet. You can still use the workspace without signing in; see [Working without signing in](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). For an email that never arrives, see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Getting started](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started.md) - [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md) - [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md) - [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works # How FunnelCreative works > The path from your offer to enquiries in your inbox: recipe, confirmed facts, page, published version, lead inbox, and the My funnels dashboard that tracks it all. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works ## The idea in one line You bring an offer. FunnelCreative gives you a page with a form that collects enquiries, puts an exact version of that page on a FunnelCreative web address, and keeps every enquiry in your lead inbox. ## From offer to enquiry, step by step 1. Your offer. You describe what you offer and who it is for. This description is your brief. It helps FunnelCreative suggest a starting point, and it is kept with the funnel as **Your original brief**. 2. A recipe. You pick one of 10 recipes. A recipe sets where you start: the page’s structure, its sample copy, its page style and its form. It also sets which promises the thank-you page can make. You can change the copy, the page style and the form’s questions afterwards. See [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md). 3. Confirmed facts. You confirm three facts only you know: who the page is for, what you offer, and what happens after someone fills in the form. Only facts you confirm count. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). 4. The page. You edit the page in the **Page design** tab: its sections, its form and its page style. The preview shows it as visitors will see it. 5. A published version. In **Launch setup** you choose a web address and publish. FunnelCreative puts that exact saved version on the address. Nothing you edit later reaches visitors until you publish again. 6. Enquiries. Visitors fill in the form and tick the consent box. The thank-you page states the promise you confirmed, word for word. Each enquiry is stored as a lead. 7. Your lead inbox. Leads arrive in the funnel’s **Leads** tab and in **All leads**. You can add notes, set a status and export a CSV file. The **Analytics** tab counts page views and accepted submissions. 8. Follow-up, in your own tools. Each funnel has follow-up email drafts in the **Email drafts** tab. You copy them into your own email tool and send them yourself. FunnelCreative doesn’t send email. AI writing isn’t switched on for customers yet. You write and edit every word yourself, and nothing on your page changes without you. AI drafting from your confirmed facts switches on once its quality evaluation passes. Leads are never sent to AI providers. ## What a funnel collects Every funnel collects an enquiry: interest, a waitlist sign-up, a demo request, an application, a quote request, a general enquiry or a request for a file. It doesn’t take payments, book appointments, enrol anyone, create accounts or trials, or send email. The thank-you page says what happened and what didn’t, for example “Nothing has been bought or booked.” See [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). ## Workspace funnels and browser drafts There are two places a funnel can live. | | Workspace funnel | Browser draft | |---|---|---| | Where it is saved | Your FunnelCreative workspace, on the server | This browser only | | Who can open it | You and your workspace’s members | Only this browser | | What you can edit | Every section, the form, images, email drafts, with undo and version history | The basics: funnel name, business name, headline, introduction, button text, page style, brief and facts | | Publish and collect leads | Yes | No | You get workspace funnels when you are signed in to a workspace that includes FunnelCreative Commercial. Without an account, or signed in to a workspace without FunnelCreative Commercial or Campaign Vault, new funnels are browser drafts. With Campaign Vault alone, you install packs instead of starting from a recipe. You can import browser drafts into a workspace later. See [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). ## Draft and live - A funnel that hasn’t been published is a draft. The editor heading says **Unpublished draft** for a browser draft, and the status badge says **Draft** for a workspace funnel that has never gone live. - A published funnel is live. Visitors see the exact version you published, and its form collects enquiries. - When you edit a live funnel, you are editing a newer draft. Visitors keep seeing the published version until you publish again. The card in **My funnels** then says **NEWER DRAFT**. - You can take a live funnel down, or put an earlier published version back. See [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md). ## Versions A workspace funnel saves by itself as you work. Every saved change becomes a numbered version. You can undo, look back through the version history and restore an earlier version as a new draft. Publishing always names the version that goes live, for example **Publish version N**. See [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#version-history). ## Plans FunnelCreative Commercial lets you create funnels from recipes, edit them, publish them to a FunnelCreative web address and work with your leads. Its published pages carry a small **Made with FunnelCreative** note. Pro builds on Commercial: it adds brand kits, presets, the option to remove that note and higher allowances for live funnels, stored funnels and AI units (AI units have no use until AI writing is switched on), and it needs Commercial to work. Campaign Vault adds 25 finished campaign packs that you install and edit as funnels; publishing them needs Commercial. Plans belong to a workspace, so everyone in the workspace works under its plan. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## My funnels **My funnels** is your dashboard. Open it from the sidebar, or go to [My funnels](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app/funnels). The line under the heading tells you where your funnels are saved, for example **Your drafts are saved in this browser, ready when you are.** when you aren’t signed in. ### The tiles When you are signed in and your workspace has at least one funnel, a row of tiles sits above your funnels: - **Funnels**: how many are live, how many are drafts and, when something waits for you, how many need attention. - **Leads, last N days**: how many enquiries arrived across the workspace in the last 7 days. - **AI units this month**: how many AI units the workspace has used out of its allowance, and how many are on hold for a job that hasn’t finished. It says **No AI allowance on this workspace** when there is none. AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. For your allowance, see the **AI units a month** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). If the leads or AI-units figure couldn’t be read, that tile says **Couldn’t load** instead of showing a zero. A note under the tiles offers **Try again**. ### The funnel cards Each funnel has a card with a preview of its own page, its name, its recipe and when it was last edited. The status line on the card reads: - **UNPUBLISHED DRAFT**: nothing is live. - **LIVE**: a version is live. - **NEWER DRAFT**: added to LIVE when you have saved changes that aren’t published yet. - **NEEDS ATTENTION**: something waits for you, for example a publish that didn’t finish. The card says what to do. A card also shows how many leads the funnel received in the last 7 days, when there were any. Click a card to open the funnel in the editor. With no funnels yet, the page says **A little empty. A lot of potential.** Click **Create your first funnel** to start. ### Funnels and All leads When you are signed in, two links under the heading let you show **Funnels** (your funnel cards) or **All leads** (every enquiry from every funnel in this workspace). Screen readers announce the pair as “Show”. Viewers can’t see leads. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#all-leads). If this browser holds drafts made without signing in, My funnels also offers to import them. See [Import your browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md#import-your-browser-drafts). ## Related - [Getting started](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started.md) - [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Glossary](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/glossary.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts # Recipes, audiences and page styles > What a recipe decides for your funnel, how the audience filter works, the three page styles, which recipes collect enquiries, and what the planned steps in the Funnel journey tab mean. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts ## What a recipe is A recipe is the starting point for a funnel. FunnelCreative has 10 recipes. When you pick one, it decides: - The structure: which pages the funnel has and which sections each page starts with. - The sample copy: a headline, an introduction, button text and a list of benefits, written for a made-up business. Recipes with a form also get a short thank-you message. You replace it with your own words. - The page style the funnel starts in. - The starting form: which questions visitors answer, and which are required. You can change the questions in the editor. Some recipes have no form (see below). - The outcome: what kind of enquiry the funnel collects, and which promises its thank-you page can make. See [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). - The follow-up email drafts that come with it. - The planned journey shown in the **Funnel journey** tab. Your choice of recipe is always yours. A suggestion on the Create screen never picks one for you, and nothing later changes the recipe you chose. Every recipe, with its form fields, outcome and email drafts, is listed in the [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md). ## The audience filter Each recipe is made for one or more kinds of business. When all recipes are shown, buttons above the cards filter them: - Courses - Software - Ecommerce - Coaching - Services **All recipes** shows everything again. A recipe appears under every audience it is made for, so **Waitlist sign-ups** shows under Software, Courses and Ecommerce. Each card’s small label shows only the first audience it lists. The Create screen starts with five recipes. Click **Browse all 10 recipes** to see the rest and the filter. The **Recipe library** in the sidebar always shows all 10. See [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). ## Which recipes collect enquiries A funnel collects enquiries through its form. Seven recipes have a form. Three do not. | Recipe | Made for | Starts in | Has a form | |---|---|---|---| | **Webinar to course** | Courses, Coaching | **Warm editorial** | Yes | | **Software trial to activation** | Software | **Bold launch** | No | | **Product offer with optional upsell** | Ecommerce | **Warm editorial** | No | | **Application to discovery call** | Coaching | **Clear & professional** | No | | **Appointment requests** | Services | **Warm editorial** | Yes | | **Quote requests** | Services | **Clear & professional** | Yes | | **Consultation enquiries** | Coaching, Services | **Clear & professional** | Yes | | **Membership enquiries** | Services | **Bold launch** | Yes | | **Table enquiries** | Services | **Warm editorial** | Yes | | **Waitlist sign-ups** | Software, Courses, Ecommerce | **Bold launch** | Yes | > Limit: **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** and **Application to discovery call** have no form in this release. A funnel made from one of them has no thank-you page, and its main button points at a later step that doesn’t exist. It can’t be published or collect enquiries, and the editor can’t add a form. If you sell software or products, use **Waitlist sign-ups**. If you coach, use **Consultation enquiries**. ## The three page styles A page style sets the overall look of your page. FunnelCreative has three. The editor and the Brand & presets settings use different names for the same three styles: - Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) To change the style: 1. Open the **Page design** tab. 2. Under **Funnel basics** (or at the top of the panel for a browser draft), choose from **Page style**. 3. The preview updates straight away. Your copy stays exactly as it is when you switch styles. Only the look changes. On a workspace funnel the change saves like any other edit, so you can undo it. ## Planned steps Each recipe describes a whole journey, from the first page a visitor sees to what happens much later. FunnelCreative builds the first step: the landing page with its form, plus the thank-you page for recipes that have a form. Every later step is a guide for the rest of your process, not a feature. To see the journey, open the **Funnel journey** tab in the editor. It says **This recipe’s planned journey. The landing page is available to edit; later steps are a guide for the full build.** - The first step is marked **Editable**, with the note **Your editable landing-page preview**. - Every other step is marked **Planned**, with the note **Planned journey step**. For recipes with a form, the step after the landing page is usually called Request received. It is marked **Planned** too, but the thank-you page it describes does exist: visitors see it after they send the form. Planned steps such as a checkout, course access, a trial signup or an order summary are not built in FunnelCreative, and none of them can be switched on. No one can pay, enrol, book or get access through your funnel. Handle those steps in your own tools after someone enquires. ## Related - [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md) - [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md) - [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md) - [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) - [Brand kits, the badge and presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders # Business facts, confirmation and placeholders > Why FunnelCreative asks you to confirm facts about your business, what counts as confirmed, and how fact placeholders keep unconfirmed details off your published page. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders ## Why facts matter Your page should only say things that are true about your business. FunnelCreative keeps a short list of business facts with each funnel. A fact counts only once you confirm it. Until then it is a suggestion for you to check. Facts do two jobs: - They decide what your thank-you page promises. The promised next step you confirm is the exact statement visitors see after they send the form. - They fill placeholders: tokens that hold the place of a detail until you confirm it (see below). Editing your page never waits for facts. You can change any copy at any time. Only publishing waits. ## The facts FunnelCreative asks for Three facts are required before you can publish: | Fact | Question in the app | What it holds | |---|---|---| | Audience | **Who is this for?** | The people you want to reach, in your words | | Offer | **What are you offering?** | One or two sentences a visitor would recognise | | Promised next step | **What happens after someone fills in the form?** | One choice from a fixed list for your recipe | Two more are optional: | Fact | Question in the app | What it holds | |---|---|---| | Assets | **What do you already have?** | A text list of things you can use, such as a logo, photos or a guide | | Claims | **Which results or credentials can you back up?** | Only results or credentials you can prove | The Assets fact is a written list. It doesn’t attach files. To add images to your page, see [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). Leave Claims empty rather than guess. Your business name is a fact too, but you set it in the editor, not on the facts tab. Type it in **Business name** under **Funnel basics** on the **Page design** tab. Whatever you type there counts as confirmed. Clearing the field removes it. While it is empty, the preview shows **Your business** in its place. ## Confirmed and suggested facts Every fact has one of three states: - Confirmed: you checked it and saved it with its button (**Confirm ** for the three required facts, **Save ** for assets and claims). Only confirmed facts count. - Taken from your brief: FunnelCreative lifted it from the description you typed on the Create screen. It shows the note **Taken from your brief. Check it reads right.** - Suggested for this recipe: the recipe’s usual answer. It shows the note **Suggested for this recipe. Change it if it doesn’t fit.** Suggestions come from simple text matching, not AI. The offer suggestion is the first sentence of your brief. The audience suggestion is the words after “for” in your brief, if there are any. The promised next step suggestion is the recipe’s usual answer. They can be wrong, so read each one before you confirm it. A suggestion never replaces a fact you already confirmed, and it never changes the recipe you chose. Nothing is saved until you click the fact’s **Confirm ** or **Save ** button. To confirm facts step by step, see [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). ## The facts gate Publishing waits for the three required facts: - On a workspace funnel, **Launch setup** shows a **Business facts** item that says **Still needed:** followed by the missing facts, with a **Confirm facts** button. The publish button stays unavailable until all three are confirmed. - On a browser draft, **Launch setup** shows the same item and adds **Launch review waits for these.** - Until the facts are confirmed, the editor’s top button is **Confirm your facts**. Once they are, it becomes **Review setup**, which opens **Launch setup**. A funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack has its own facts: every labelled blank in the pack must be confirmed before it can publish. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#fill-in-the-blanks). ## Placeholders A placeholder is a token that holds the place of a fact in your copy. It looks like `{{fact:offer-topic}}`: two curly braces, the word `fact`, a colon, the fact’s key, and two closing braces. Keys use lowercase letters, numbers and hyphens. A placeholder is there so that nothing is guessed. Where copy needs a detail you haven’t confirmed, it keeps the token instead of inventing a value. ### Where placeholders come from - A funnel made from a recipe starts with no placeholders. - A Campaign Vault pack uses placeholders for every labelled blank. When you confirm a blank on the pack’s facts step, FunnelCreative writes your value into every matching placeholder in the page and email drafts, except in sections and email drafts where **Keep my wording** is ticked. Replace those placeholders yourself. See [Fill in the blanks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#fill-in-the-blanks). ### Why a placeholder blocks publishing A published page must never show a raw token. So FunnelCreative checks the whole funnel before it publishes: the funnel name, page titles, every visible section, the form’s questions, help text, choices and consent line, and every email draft. If any of them still holds a placeholder, **Launch setup** lists it with a message ending “Still has the placeholder for ; confirm that fact or edit the text”, where `` is the short word inside the placeholder, and a **Confirm the fact** button. Any other text in double curly braces that isn’t a well-formed placeholder is also blocked, with the message “Has a malformed placeholder”. The `{{first_name}}` tokens in recipe email drafts are an example. Delete or replace them by hand. See [Getting started](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started.md). Hidden sections aren’t published, so placeholders inside them don’t block publishing. To clear a placeholder in a Campaign Vault pack, confirm the blank it stands for. Anywhere else, replace the token with your own words. ## Unconfirmed claims stay off the page Only you add claims to your page. FunnelCreative’s own suggestions never put a claim, result, deadline or asset you haven’t confirmed into your copy. If you can’t prove a result, leave it out. ## Related - [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) - [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md) - [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales # What your funnel collects: enquiries and promised next steps > Every FunnelCreative funnel collects an enquiry, and its thank-you page states one fixed promised next step that you choose from a short list. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales ## What an enquiry is A published FunnelCreative funnel has a landing page with a form. When a visitor sends the form, their answers are stored as a lead in your workspace. That is the whole transaction: the visitor has asked for something, and you follow up. Every funnel collects one of these kinds of enquiry: - interest (for example, interest in a workshop or a new product) - a waitlist sign-up - a demo request - an application - a quote request - a general enquiry - a request for a resource, such as a guide or checklist you provide Sending the form does not take a payment, book a time, enrol anyone, create an account or trial, or send an email. Nothing else happens on its own. The one addition: on a funnel installed from a Campaign Vault download pack, the thank-you page also offers the file you attached, through a link that works for 30 minutes after the form is sent. See [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md#download-file). ## The promised next step Each funnel makes one promise about what happens after someone sends the form. You choose it on the **Business facts** tab, under the question **What happens after someone fills in the form?** The hint there says: **Your page will say exactly this. It never promises a payment, booking or email.** You pick from a fixed list. You can't write your own promise. The list you see depends on the recipe your funnel was made from: | Promised next step | What the thank-you page says | Recipes that offer it | |---|---|---| | Interest registered | Your interest has been registered. Nothing has been bought or booked. | Webinar to course, Product offer with optional upsell | | On the waitlist | You have joined the waitlist. No account or trial has been created. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Request received | Your demo request has been received. No time has been booked yet. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Application received | Your application has been received and will be reviewed. Nothing has been booked or paid for. | Application to discovery call | | Request received | Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order. | Appointment requests, Quote requests, Consultation enquiries, Membership enquiries, Table enquiries | | Enquiry received | Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for. | Appointment requests, Quote requests, Consultation enquiries, Membership enquiries, Table enquiries | | Request received | Your request has been received. Nothing has been bought or booked. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Registration received | Your registration has been received. The host sends the joining details. Put the date and time in your calendar now; this page doesn't send reminders. | Campaign Vault packs only | A few things to know about this list: - Three of the promises share the label **Request received**: the demo request, the quote request and the resource request. Read the statement under each option to tell them apart. - **Webinar to course** and **Product offer with optional upsell** offer only **Interest registered**. - **Application to discovery call** offers only **Application received**. - **Appointment requests**, **Quote requests**, **Consultation enquiries**, **Membership enquiries** and **Table enquiries** offer **Request received** (quote) or **Enquiry received**. - **Software trial to activation** and **Waitlist sign-ups** offer **On the waitlist**, **Request received** (demo) or **Request received** (resource). - The **Promised next step** is one of the three facts you must confirm before you can publish. See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). - A thank-you page exists only on recipes that have a form. In this release three recipes have no form, so they can't be published or collect enquiries. The [recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md) shows which ones. ## What visitors see on the thank-you page After a visitor sends the form, the lead is stored first, and only then does the visitor see the thank-you page. The thank-you page shows, in this order: 1. the promise label, for example **Enquiry received** 2. your headline 3. the promise statement, word for word from the table above 4. your message 5. your steps under the heading **What happens next**, if you added any On a Campaign Vault download pack, the thank-you page also has a link to the file you attached. The promise label and statement always come from the fixed list. Your own wording on the thank-you page can't change them, and the [honesty checks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) stop your headline, message and steps from saying that a payment, enrolment, booking or email happened. Keep your own wording in line with the promise you chose: the checks don't compare the two. On the **Clear & professional** page style, the top of the landing page also shows one short line about what sending the form does not commit to. For example, a funnel that promises **Enquiry received** shows **Enquiring is free — nothing is booked or paid for**. ## What visitors see on the form The published form checks each answer before anything is stored. When something is wrong, the page comes back with the visitor's answers kept, a summary headed **There is a problem**, and a message next to each field: - **This field is required.** - an email address that doesn't look like a real address gets a message showing the expected shape - **This answer is too long. Please shorten it.** - **Choose one of the listed options.** - **Tick the box to agree before you send your details.** Optional questions are marked **(optional)**. A drop-down list starts on **Choose an option**. The consent box is never ticked in advance. Some messages are about the whole form rather than one field: - **Something in the form didn’t look right. Check your answers and try again.** This appears, for example, when a page was left open for a long time. The page it comes back with is ready to send again. - **Too many attempts in a short time. Nothing was saved. Please wait a moment and try again.** This appears when a form is sent very quickly after the page opens, or many times in a short period. - **Your details could not be sent. Nothing was saved. Please try again in a moment.** This appears if storage fails for a moment. - “This form is no longer accepting enquiries.” This appears when the funnel has been taken down, when an older version of the page has been replaced for a while, or while the workspace is scheduled for deletion. See [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md). If a visitor double-clicks the button, or their browser sends the same form twice, only one lead is stored and they see the same thank-you page. ## What your funnel never does A funnel's form and thank-you page stay within the enquiry: - They never take a payment. - They never confirm a booking, appointment or reservation. - They never enrol anyone or give access to a course. - They never create an account or start a trial. - They never send an email to the visitor or to you. If you need any of these, you do them yourself after you read the enquiry. [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md) lists them in one place. ## Related - [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks # Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing > Before a funnel can go live, FunnelCreative checks its copy, buttons, consent line and email drafts for claims an enquiry can’t keep, and for unfinished placeholders. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks ## Why the checks exist A FunnelCreative funnel collects an enquiry. It never takes a payment, confirms a booking, enrols anyone or sends an email (see [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md)). If a page said otherwise, a visitor could believe something happened that didn't. So before any version goes live, FunnelCreative reads the copy that visitors will see and looks for claims an enquiry can't make. Anything it finds is listed in **Launch setup** under **Before you publish version N**, and publishing stays switched off until each item is fixed. The same checks run again on the server when you press publish, so the list can’t be skipped. They look for common wording only, so read your whole page before you publish. The checks look for words that say, or ask for, one of four things an enquiry can’t do: take a payment, enrol someone or open an account or trial for them, confirm a booking, or send something such as an email, a link or a file. Words that say something did not happen are allowed. “Nothing has been booked or paid for” passes. So does “This is not a booking or an order.” ## What is checked The checks read every section you haven't hidden, in these places: - **Header**: the tagline - **Top of page**: the kicker, headline, introduction and button text - **Offer**: the heading, description, each line of **What’s included**, the note and the button text - **Call to action**: the heading, text and button text - **Form** and **Application form**: the heading and introduction - **Thank-you message**: the headline, message and each of the next steps - **Download**: the heading and text - the consent statement next to each form - in each email draft, the email text, only for wording that says someone paid, was booked in or was signed up to a course. Wording such as “I’ve sent you the guide” is allowed in an email, because you send it yourself. Email subjects and preview text aren’t claim-checked. Other sections, such as **Benefits** and **Questions**, aren't read by the claim check. The checks are a safety net, not a proofread, so read your whole page before you publish. Hidden sections are not published, so they are not checked. ## Buttons are checked more strictly A button asks the visitor to do something, so it is held to a stricter rule. As well as the claims above, a button can't ask for something an enquiry can't deliver. These are examples of button text that stops a page from publishing: | Example wording | Why it stops publishing | |---|---| | Buy now | Asks for a payment, and funnels don’t take payments | | Book your call | Asks to book a time, and funnels don’t book anything | | Start your free trial | Promises a trial, and funnels don’t start trials | | Get instant access | Promises access, and funnels don’t create accounts or give access | | Download now | Promises a download before anyone has filled in the form | | Thank you for your purchase | Says a purchase happened, and nothing is bought on a funnel | | Your booking is confirmed | Says a booking happened, and nothing is booked on a funnel | | You’re enrolled | Says someone joined a course, and funnels don’t enrol anyone | | We’ve sent you an email | Says an email went out, and funnels don’t send email | Ask for the enquiry itself instead. Button text such as “Register your interest”, “Join the waitlist”, “Request a quote” or “Ask a question” describes exactly what sending the form does. ## What a blocked claim looks like Each claim appears in **Launch setup** as its own item. The heading says where it is, and the message says which kind of claim was found and quotes the words. For example, a button on the top of the landing page appears like this: - heading: `Landing page · Top of page` - message: `Button claims booking ("…"), which an enquiry outcome cannot promise` A headline appears the same way, starting `Headline claims payment ("…")`. The quote shows the words the check matched. Each item has a **Fix it in the page** button that opens **Page design**, where you change the wording. For an email draft, the item is headed with the draft's name, such as “Email draft Email 2”, and the button is **Open email drafts**. ## Placeholders and broken tokens Some copy can hold a placeholder instead of a guess, such as `{{fact:audience}}`. A placeholder is filled in when you confirm the matching business fact, except in sections and email drafts where **Keep my wording** is ticked. Replace those placeholders yourself. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). Two things block publishing wherever they appear on the page, in form questions, in the consent statement, in page titles or in email drafts: - A placeholder whose fact isn't confirmed. The message says “Still has the placeholder for” followed by the fact's short key, the word inside the placeholder (for example `audience`), and then “confirm that fact or edit the text”. The button is **Confirm the fact**. - Any other text between double curly brackets, such as `{{first_name}}` or `{{workshop_url}}`. The message is “Has a malformed placeholder”. The button is **Fix it in the page** for page copy, **Open email drafts** for an email draft, and **Rewrite the consent statement** for a consent statement. FunnelCreative doesn't fill in tokens like `{{first_name}}`, so delete them or replace them with your own words. The email drafts that come with each recipe contain them. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). ## How to rewrite a blocked line - Say what the visitor is asking for, not what they will get. “Request a quote” is fine; a button that sounds like a purchase or a booking is not. - Describe what happens next as something you will do after reading the enquiry, in your own words on the thank-you page. - Keep the outcome to the promised next step you confirmed. The thank-you page already states it word for word. - If you need to mention payment or bookings at all, say what does not happen, such as “Nothing is booked yet.” After you change the wording, the page saves a new version and **Launch setup** checks it again. ## For AI assistants - Checked page copy cannot state that a payment, enrolment, access, account, trial, booking or sending has happened. Email draft text cannot state a payment, enrolment or booking. Checked button text cannot ask the visitor to buy, pay, book, reserve, schedule, enrol, join a course, start a trial, get access, create an account or send something. Any of these blocks publishing. - A matched phrase is allowed when a negating or conditional word (no, not, never, nothing, without, until, before, once, when, if, after, as soon as, whether, or a negative contraction such as isn’t or won’t) appears in the same clause within the 60 characters before it. A negation after the phrase does not count. - The checks match common wording. Copy that passes them can still overclaim, so the owner must read every line. - The check reads only the fields listed under “What is checked”. It is not a full review of the page. - `{{fact:key}}` placeholders and any other `{{` or `}}` text block publishing until they are resolved or removed. - Hidden sections are neither checked nor published. - No funnel in this release has a testimonials section, and sections can’t be added. Never write testimonials, reviews or customer quotes. ## Related - [What your funnel collects: enquiries and promised next steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md) - [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel # Create a funnel from your offer > Describe your offer, find a starting point among the 10 recipes, and start a new funnel from the recipe you choose. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel ## Who can do this - To create a funnel in a workspace: an owner, admin or member of a workspace that includes FunnelCreative Commercial. - Anyone can create a browser draft without signing in. It is saved in this browser only. See [Working without signing in](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). - A viewer can look at recipes but can’t create funnels. - With Campaign Vault alone, you can install packs but can’t start a funnel from a recipe. ## Describe your funnel 1. Open [the Create screen](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app): click **Create a funnel** in the sidebar, or the **New funnel** button. 2. In the box labelled **Describe your funnel**, write what you offer, who it is for and what you want people to do. You can use up to 2,500 characters. 3. Not sure what to write? Under **Need a little inspiration?**, click **A course launch**, **A software launch** or **A product launch**. The example replaces what is in the box, and you can edit it. 4. Click **Find my starting point**. The button stays greyed out while the box is empty. What you type here is your brief. It stays in this browser while you choose a recipe, and it is copied into the new funnel as its original brief. You can reopen and edit it later in the editor under **Your original brief**. ### What Find my starting point does It doesn’t create anything, and it doesn’t write any copy. It: - shows all 10 recipes, with the filter set to **All recipes** - moves the page down to the recipes - shows a notice If a recipe matches words in your brief, the notice says **A suggested starting point is highlighted below. Choose any recipe to make it yours.** and that recipe’s card shows **Suggested**. If nothing matches, it says **No close match yet. Explore the recipes below to find your starting point.** The **Suggested** tag also updates on its own as you type. It is a simple word match against each recipe’s name and description, and it marks one recipe at most. It is only a hint: pick whichever recipe fits you. ## Choose a recipe Under **Start with a recipe**, the Create screen first shows five starter recipes: - **Webinar to course** - **Software trial to activation** - **Product offer with optional upsell** - **Application to discovery call** - **Appointment requests** Click **Browse all 10 recipes** to see every recipe and the audience filter. Click **Show five starters** to go back. With all recipes showing, filter them with **All recipes**, **Courses**, **Software**, **Ecommerce**, **Coaching** or **Services**. You can also open **Recipe library** in the sidebar ([Recipe library](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app/library)). It always shows all 10 recipes with the filter, under the heading “Find your starting point.” Each card shows a real preview of the recipe’s first page, the audience it is made for, its name, a short description and **Make it yours**. > Limit: Three of the five starters, **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** and **Application to discovery call**, have no form in this release. A funnel made from them can’t be published or collect enquiries. For software or products, choose **Waitlist sign-ups**. For coaching, choose **Consultation enquiries**. For courses, **Webinar to course** has a form. See [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md). ## Start the funnel 1. Click the recipe card. 2. A screen headed “Starting your funnel.” shows **Setting up …** while FunnelCreative prepares it. Before the workspace has loaded, it says **Getting your workspace ready…**. 3. The new funnel opens in the editor on the **Page design** tab. Where it is saved depends on how you are signed in: - Signed in to a workspace with FunnelCreative Commercial: in your workspace. The heading shows **Saved to your workspace**. - Signed out: in this browser. The heading shows **Saved on this device**. - Signed in without FunnelCreative Commercial: in this browser. The workspace says **Your account doesn’t include FunnelCreative funnels yet. Drafts you make are saved in this browser.** ### Starting from a link A recipe can also be started from a creation link, which looks like `/app/new?recipe=waitlist`. The recipe cards on the FunnelCreative homepage use these links. Each visit to a link creates one funnel. Opening the link adds a one-time code to the address. If you reload that page or go back and forward, FunnelCreative opens the same funnel again instead of making a second one. Opening the plain link again later starts another funnel. ## What happens next Your new funnel contains: - A name: the recipe’s name. Change it in **Funnel name**. - An empty business name. Until you fill in **Business name**, the preview shows **Your business**. - Your brief, saved as **Your original brief**. - The recipe’s sample copy: a headline, an introduction, button text and a list of benefits. - The recipe’s form, if it has one. Recipes with a form also get a thank-you page with a short sample message. - The recipe’s page style. - The recipe’s follow-up email drafts. FunnelCreative writes no new copy when it creates the funnel. Everything starts as the recipe’s sample copy for you to replace. Next, confirm your facts and edit the page. See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) and [Getting started](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started.md). ## Limits - The brief can be up to 2,500 characters. - A browser holds at most 50 browser drafts. - How many funnels a workspace can store depends on its plan. For your workspace, see the **Stored drafts** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). - Starting from a recipe needs FunnelCreative Commercial. Campaign Vault on its own installs packs instead. ## If something goes wrong These messages can appear when you start a funnel: - **This funnel may already exist**: the page reloaded while the funnel was being created, so it may already be in My funnels. Click **Open My funnels** to check, or **Create it anyway** to start another. - **We couldn’t start this funnel**: the message underneath says why. Click **Try again**, or **Back to recipes**. - **That recipe link isn’t available any more. Choose a starting point below.** The creation link named a recipe that doesn’t exist. You are taken to the Recipe library. - **This browser has 50 drafts. Open one from My funnels to keep creating.** Open or import an existing draft first. - **This workspace already holds as many funnels as your plan stores. Archive a funnel you no longer need, then try again. Nothing was created.** Your workspace is full. Funnels can’t be archived from the app in this release. See [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). - **You can view this workspace’s funnels but not create them. Ask an owner or admin to change your role.** You are a viewer in this workspace. Only the workspace owner can change roles. - **Your account includes Campaign Vault, so you can install a pack and edit it here. Starting a funnel from a recipe needs FunnelCreative.** Click **Open Campaign Vault** to install a pack instead. - **We couldn’t reach FunnelCreative. Check your connection; nothing was lost from this screen.** - **Your session has ended. Sign in again to keep saving.** ## Related - [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md) - [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md) - [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) - [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md) - [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts # Confirm your business facts > Answer three questions on the Business facts tab, add optional assets and claims, and confirm each one so your funnel can go to launch review. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts ## Who can do this Owners, admins and members of the workspace, on any funnel they can edit. It works on browser drafts too, where the facts are saved in this browser. Viewers can read the facts but can’t change them. ## Before you start Have your brief in mind: who your offer is for, what it is, and what should happen after someone fills in your form. For why facts matter, see [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). ## Open the facts In the editor, do one of these: - Click **Confirm your facts**, the main button at the top of the editor. - Click the **Business facts** tab. Until all three required facts are confirmed, the tab shows a small number: how many are left. The tab is headed **Confirm your facts.** It shows how far you are, for example “1 of 3 required facts confirmed”, and where the facts are saved: - **They’re saved with this funnel in your workspace.** - **They’re saved with this browser draft.** ## Answer the three questions FunnelCreative asks one question at a time. The questions still to come say **Waiting for the question above.** 1. **Who is this for?** Describe the people you want to reach, in your own words. For example: “first-time founders with a side project”. Then click the confirm button, **Confirm **, which reads Confirm audience here. 2. **What are you offering?** Write one or two sentences a visitor would recognise. Click Confirm offer. 3. **What happens after someone fills in the form?** Choose one option (see below). Click Confirm promised next step. The confirm button stays greyed out while the answer is empty. If a suggestion is already filled in, it shows where it came from: **Taken from your brief. Check it reads right.** or **Suggested for this recipe. Change it if it doesn’t fit.** Read it and change anything that isn’t right before you confirm. A suggestion counts only once you confirm it. ## Choose the promised next step Your thank-you page will say exactly what you choose here, word for word. As the question says, **It never promises a payment, booking or email.** Each option shows a short label and the full statement underneath. The options depend on your recipe: | Promised next step | What the thank-you page says | Recipes that offer it | |---|---|---| | Interest registered | Your interest has been registered. Nothing has been bought or booked. | Webinar to course, Product offer with optional upsell | | On the waitlist | You have joined the waitlist. No account or trial has been created. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Request received | Your demo request has been received. No time has been booked yet. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Application received | Your application has been received and will be reviewed. Nothing has been booked or paid for. | Application to discovery call | | Request received | Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order. | Appointment requests, Quote requests, Consultation enquiries, Membership enquiries, Table enquiries | | Enquiry received | Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for. | Appointment requests, Quote requests, Consultation enquiries, Membership enquiries, Table enquiries | | Request received | Your request has been received. Nothing has been bought or booked. | Software trial to activation, Waitlist sign-ups | | Registration received | Your registration has been received. The host sends the joining details. Put the date and time in your calendar now; this page doesn't send reminders. | Campaign Vault packs only | - **Webinar to course** and **Product offer with optional upsell** offer one option: **Interest registered**. - **Waitlist sign-ups** and **Software trial to activation** offer three: **On the waitlist**, and two options both labelled **Request received**. The statement tells them apart. One says “Your demo request has been received.” The other says “Your request has been received.”, for someone asking for a file or resource. - **Application to discovery call** offers **Application received**. - **Appointment requests**, **Quote requests**, **Consultation enquiries**, **Membership enquiries** and **Table enquiries** offer **Request received** (a quote request) or **Enquiry received**. For what visitors see after they send the form, see [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). ## Add assets and claims (optional) Below the questions, open **Add assets and claims**, marked **Optional**. 1. Under **What do you already have?**, list things you can use, such as a logo, photos, a guide or a video. This is a written list only. It doesn’t upload files. To add images, see [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). 2. Under **Which results or credentials can you back up?**, list only what you can prove. Leave it empty rather than guess. 3. Click the save button under each box, **Save ** (Save assets or Save claims). A tick and **Confirmed** appear once it is saved. To remove one, empty its box. The button then reads **Clear ** (Clear assets or Clear claims). Click it. ## Change a confirmed fact 1. Next to a confirmed fact, click **Change**. 2. Edit the answer, or pick a different option. 3. Click its confirm button again, or click **Cancel** to keep what you had. ## What happens next - Each confirm is saved with the funnel, like any other edit. On a workspace funnel it becomes a new numbered version in **Version history**. Until you leave the editor, you can undo it with **Undo** on the **Page design** tab, where the note reads “Last change: Business facts”. - Confirming the promised next step sets the statement on your thank-you page. - Confirming your audience and offer doesn’t rewrite your page. Change the copy yourself on the **Page design** tab. - When all three required facts are confirmed, the progress line adds **ready for launch review**, and the top button changes to **Review setup**. Click it to open **Launch setup**. ## Limits - Audience: up to 400 characters. - Offer: up to 600 characters. - Assets: up to 600 characters. - Claims: up to 800 characters. - Each box stops taking text at its limit. - The promised next step is a fixed choice. You can’t write your own statement. - You can edit your page copy before your facts are confirmed. You can’t publish until all three required facts are confirmed. ## Viewers A viewer sees the tab headed **Business facts.** with the line **The facts this funnel’s copy is built on. You can view them but not change them.** Each fact shows its confirmed value, or **Not confirmed yet.** ## Funnels installed from Campaign Vault A funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack has a different facts step: you fill in the pack’s labelled blanks instead of these questions. See [Fill in the blanks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#fill-in-the-blanks). ## If something goes wrong - The publish button stays greyed out: **Launch setup** shows **Still needed:** followed by the facts that aren’t confirmed. Click **Confirm facts**. - A suggestion is wrong: it is only a suggestion. Replace it before you confirm. - More help: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md) - [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Versions and undo](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#version-history) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page # Edit your page > Change the words, order and look of your funnel pages on the Page design tab, see each change in the preview, and fix what still stops the page from publishing. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro, Campaign Vault · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page ## Who can do this - Owners, admins and members of a workspace with **FunnelCreative Commercial** (or **Pro**) can edit any funnel in the workspace. - With **Campaign Vault** alone, you can edit funnels you installed from a pack. - A **Viewer** can open every funnel and read every field, but can’t change anything. See [Read-only view for viewers](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#read-only-view-for-viewers). A draft saved only in this browser (you weren’t signed in when you made it) has a smaller editor. See [Browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#browser-drafts). ## Open the editor 1. In the sidebar, choose **My funnels**, then open a funnel. 2. The editor opens on the **Page design** tab. Your page settings are on the left and a live preview is on the right. 3. The heading shows the funnel name (or **Untitled funnel** when it has none) and whether your changes are saved. 4. Use **My funnels** at the top left to go back. The other tabs are **Business facts**, **Funnel journey**, **Email drafts**, **Launch setup**, **Leads** and **Analytics**. A funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack also has **Ad angles**. ## Change the funnel basics The **Funnel basics** group sits at the top of **Page design**. It is open when you arrive. 1. **Funnel name**: the name you see in **My funnels**. Up to 120 characters. 2. **Business name**: shown on your pages. Up to 120 characters. Until you fill it in, the preview shows **Your business**. What you type here counts as a confirmed business fact, so you don’t confirm it again on **Business facts**. 3. **Headline**, **Introduction** and **Button text**: the first thing visitors read on your landing page. These are the same fields as the **Top of page** section, so a change in one place shows in the other. 4. **Page style**: see [Choose a page style](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#choose-a-page-style). 5. **Your original brief**: open it to read or change the description you started from (**Describe your funnel**, up to 2,500 characters). Every field is plain text. Nothing in the editor accepts code, HTML, styles or links. ## Choose a page style **Page style** switches the whole funnel between three layouts. They differ in structure, not just colour, and your words are kept when you switch. The editor and the **Brand & presets** screen use different names for the same three styles: - Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) - In the bold launch style, a dark bar sits across the top, the top of the page is a two-column block on a dark background, cards are numbered and the form sits in a tinted band. - In the warm editorial style, the header is centred, the page reads as one narrow column and the form comes at the end. - In the clear and professional style, the form card sits beside the headline, a dark strip follows the top of the page and content sits in card grids. The editor has no colour or font picker. Your own colours, fonts and logo come from a brand kit on **Pro**, and show on the published page. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). ## Edit a section Under **Funnel basics** you’ll find **Sections**. It lists every section of every page, in order: first the **Landing page**, then the thank-you page (shown with its own title, or **Thank-you page**). 1. Click a section’s name to open its settings. Click it again to close them. 2. Change the fields. Each change saves on its own. 3. Watch the preview. Choosing a section also shows the page it is on. When a page has two sections of the same kind, the second one is numbered, for example “Benefits 2”. The fields each section has, and how long each can be: | Section | Field | Limit | |---|---|---| | Header | Tagline | Up to 120 characters, optional | | Top of page | Kicker | Up to 80 characters, optional | | Top of page | Headline | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Top of page | Introduction | Up to 1,000 characters, optional | | Top of page | Button text | Up to 200 characters, optional | | Top of page | Image | One image from your uploads, optional | | Benefits | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Benefits | Benefits | 1 to 6 benefits; Title up to 200 characters; Text up to 4,000 characters | | Offer | Heading | Up to 160 characters | | Offer | Description | Up to 2,000 characters, optional | | Offer | What’s included | 0 to 8 items; each up to 200 characters | | Offer | Note | Up to 300 characters, optional | | Offer | Button text | Up to 80 characters | | Questions | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Questions | Questions | 1 to 12 questions; Question up to 300 characters; Answer up to 2,000 characters | | Call to action | Heading | Up to 160 characters | | Call to action | Text | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Call to action | Button text | Up to 80 characters | | Text section | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Text section | Text | Up to 4,000 characters | | Form | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Form | Introduction | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Form | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Form | Introduction | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Application form | Heading | Up to 160 characters, optional | | Application form | Introduction | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Thank-you message | Headline | Up to 160 characters | | Thank-you message | Message | Up to 2,000 characters | | Thank-you message | Next steps | 0 to 4 steps; each up to 200 characters | | Download | Heading | Up to 160 characters | | Download | Text | Up to 600 characters, optional | | Download | Button text | Up to 80 characters | | Footer | Note | Up to 300 characters, optional | Fields marked **(optional)** can be left empty. ### Lists inside a section Some sections hold a list: benefits, questions, the lines of **What’s included** and the **Next steps** on the thank-you page. - Add an item with the button under the list: “Add a benefit”, “Add a question”, “Add an item” or “Add a step”. The new item arrives with stand-in text such as “New title” or “New question”. Replace it with your own words. - Each item has its own ↑, ↓ and × buttons to move it or remove it. - The add button is greyed out when the list is full, and × is greyed out when the list is at its smallest size. If you don’t want a section’s list at all, hide the section instead. ### Images and download files The **Top of page** section can hold an image. A **Download** section holds the file visitors get on the thank-you page. See [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). ### Forms A **Form** or **Application form** section holds the form’s questions and its consent statement. See [Edit your form and consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md). ## Move and hide sections Each row in **Sections** has buttons to move the section up (↑) or down (↓), and an eye button to hide or show it. - You can move a section up or down on its own page. - Some sections keep their place. The move buttons are greyed out, and their tooltip gives the reason (some browsers don’t show tooltips on greyed-out buttons): - **The header always comes first.** - **The footer always comes last.** - **The top of the page stays first.** (on the landing page) - **The thank-you message stays first.** (on the thank-you page) - You can hide the **Header**, **Benefits**, **Offer**, **Questions**, **Call to action**, **Text section**, **Download** and **Footer** sections. Which of these your funnel has depends on how you started it. - You can’t hide the **Top of page**, a **Form** or **Application form**, or the **Thank-you message**. They carry how the funnel works. Pointing at the empty space where the eye button would be says **
is part of how this funnel works, so it can’t be hidden.** A hidden section keeps its words. It is left out of the preview and of the published page, and its words are not checked before publishing. A file it needs is still checked: a hidden **Download** section with no file attached still stops the page from publishing. Show a section again with the eye button. ## What the chips on a section mean A section row can show one or more small chips: | Chip | Meaning | |---|---| | **Hidden** | The section is hidden. It isn’t on the page. | | **Kept as written** | **Keep my wording** is ticked for this section. | | **Edited by you** | You changed this section’s words yourself. | | **Needs a fix** | Something in this section stops the page from publishing. | ## Keep my wording At the bottom of every section’s settings there is a **Keep my wording** tick box: **AI writing leaves this section exactly as it is.** When it is ticked, the row shows **Kept as written**. AI writing isn’t switched on for customers yet. You write and edit every word yourself, and nothing on your page changes without you. AI drafting from your confirmed facts switches on once its quality evaluation passes. Until then, **Keep my wording** has one effect: on a funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack, applying a pack update leaves a ticked section exactly as it is, and filling in a pack’s blanks doesn’t change its placeholders. Editing a field doesn’t tick it for you: it is always your own choice. ## When the editor refuses a change Every section has limits: some fields can’t be empty, and every field has a maximum length. Text boxes stop taking characters at their maximum. If you type something a field can’t hold, a red message appears under the field straight away. It says what is wrong, for example “Title can’t be empty.”, and ends **The last saved text is kept.** When you leave the field, it goes back to the last saved text. Fix the text before you click away if you want to keep what you typed. Buttons for moves and list changes that aren’t allowed are greyed out, so you can’t make those changes. A few refusals appear in red above **Sections** instead, for example: - **That section isn’t on this funnel any more.** (another tab or a teammate changed the funnel) - A message that starts **That change isn’t allowed:** followed by the reason. A refused change leaves your page exactly as it was. ## Before you can publish Below **Sections**, the editor lists what still stops this page from publishing, under **Before you can publish**. When nothing does, it says **Nothing on this page blocks publishing.** - Each item names where the problem is and what is wrong. - Click **Open the section** to jump to it. The section opens and its row shows **Needs a fix**. For a problem in an email, click **Open the email**. - The list shows the first items only. The rest are in **Launch setup**, and the list ends with “…and N more in Launch setup.” - The list is the page-content part of the check that **Launch setup** and publishing run on your last saved version. It updates after every save. **Launch setup** can still list other things, such as choosing a web address, so the editor can say **Nothing on this page blocks publishing.** while **Launch setup** still has items. Things that often appear here: - An empty headline or button text at the top of the landing page. - A form with no consent statement. See [Edit your form and consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md). - An image or download section with no file attached. - A fact placeholder that still needs a confirmed fact. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). - Words or buttons that promise something an enquiry can’t do, such as a payment, a booking or a sent email. See [Honesty checks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md). ## Preview your page The preview on the right uses the same layout engine as your published page. - Use the **Desktop preview** and **Phone preview** buttons (a monitor and a phone) to switch width. - When your funnel has more than one page, buttons above the preview switch between the **Landing page** and the thank-you page. - The label above the preview reads **Draft · not live**. Forms in the preview are switched off: nothing can be sent from it. - Hidden sections are left out. - The preview shows the FunnelCreative look. It never shows a Pro brand kit or the “Made with FunnelCreative” badge. The previews on **Brand & presets** show your kit. The published page shows your kit on **Pro**, and shows the badge unless you hid it on **Pro**. - A very large image is attached but not drawn in the preview. See [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). ## Saving There is no Save button. Every change saves to your workspace on its own a moment after you stop typing, and the heading shows **Unsaved changes**, then **Saving...**, then **Saved to your workspace**. Each save becomes a new version you can go back to. See [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md). ## Read-only view for viewers If your role is **Viewer**, the editor says **You can view this funnel but not edit it.** You can open every section and read every field. The undo and history buttons, the move and hide buttons, uploads, form editing, **Keep my wording** and the **Write with AI** panel are hidden or greyed out. Ask an owner or admin to change your role. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## Browser drafts A draft saved in this browser only shows **Funnel name**, **Business name**, **Headline**, **Introduction**, **Button text**, **Page style** and **Your original brief**. It has no **Sections** list, images, form editing, undo or version history. Sign in and import it into your workspace to get the full editor. See [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). ## What happens next Your changes are saved as a new draft version. Your live page, if you have one, doesn’t change until you publish again from **Launch setup**. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). ## Limits - You can edit every field of every section, and move and hide sections within the recipe’s structure. - You can’t add a new section, delete a section, move a section to another page, or add code, HTML, scripts or tracking. - There are 13 section types. Which ones your funnel has depends on its recipe. - Some sections keep their place, and the top of the page, the form and the thank-you message can’t be hidden. ## If something goes wrong - A change is refused: see [When the editor refuses a change](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#refused-edits). - Saving fails or a newer version was saved elsewhere: see [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md). - Other problems: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Edit your form and consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md) - [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md) - [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md) - [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md) - [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent # Edit your form and consent statement > Change the questions on your form, choose which are required, add or remove fields, and write the consent statement visitors tick before they send an enquiry. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro, Campaign Vault · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent ## Who can do this Owners, admins and members of a workspace with **FunnelCreative Commercial** (or **Pro**). With **Campaign Vault** alone, you can edit the forms of funnels you installed from a pack. A **Viewer** can read a form but can’t change it. Forms are edited on workspace funnels. A draft saved only in this browser can’t edit its form until you import it into your workspace. See [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). ## Before you start Your funnel needs a form to collect enquiries. The recipe you started from decides whether there is one and what it asks first. You can’t add a form to a funnel that has none. See [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md). ## Open the form 1. Open the funnel and stay on the **Page design** tab. 2. In **Sections**, click the **Form** or **Application form** section. 3. Under the section’s heading and introduction you’ll see **Form fields**, with the number of fields in brackets. Each field shows its question and its type. There are four field types: | Type | What the visitor sees | |---|---| | **Short answer** | A one-line text box. | | **Email address** | A box for their email address. | | **Long answer** | A larger text box for a few sentences. | | **Choice list** | A list to pick one option from. | ## Change a question For each field you can change: 1. **Question**: the label visitors read above the box. Every field needs one, up to 200 characters. 2. **Help text**: an optional hint shown under the question, up to 200 characters. 3. **Choices, one per line** (choice lists only): type each option on its own line. 4. **Required**: tick it if visitors must answer before they can send the form. Untick it to make the question optional. The published form marks optional questions with **(optional)**. Changes save on their own, like every other edit. ## Add, move and remove fields 1. To add a field, choose a **New field type**: **Short answer**, **Long answer** or **Choice list**. 2. Click **Add field**. The new field goes at the end, is optional and is called “New question”. A new choice list starts with two options, “Option 1” and “Option 2”. Change them to your own words. 3. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons on a field to move it. 4. Use × to remove a field. You can’t add a second email field. ## The email field Every lead form keeps one **Email address** field, because it is how you reply to each enquiry. - It has no × button, so you can’t remove it. - Its **Required** box is always ticked and can’t be changed. It reads “Required (the email field always is)”. ## Form limits - A form holds at most 12 fields and needs at least one. - Some funnels use a compact sign-up form. It holds at most 4 fields, to keep it short. - A choice list holds 1 to 20 options. Each option can be up to 200 characters, can’t be empty and must be different from the others. When a change goes past a limit, the editor refuses it and says why. Your form stays as it was. The messages are: - “A form holds at most 12 fields.” - “This compact sign-up form holds at most 4 fields. Keep it short so more people finish it.” - “Question can’t be empty.” A question can be up to 200 characters, and the box stops taking characters there. - “Choices can’t be empty.” and “A choice list holds at most 20 options.” - **Options can’t be empty.**, **An option can be at most 200 characters.** and **Each option must be different.** A message about an empty box ends with “The last saved text is kept.” The **Add field** button isn’t greyed out when the form is full. Clicking it shows the message instead. While you type the choices, a blank line or a repeated option shows a message under the box until you fix it. When you leave the box, it goes back to the last saved choices. ## Write the consent statement Every lead form needs a consent statement before the funnel can be published. On the published page it sits beside a tick box that visitors tick themselves. The box is never ticked in advance, and the form can’t be sent until it is ticked. A funnel you create from a recipe starts with no consent statement, so you need to add one before you publish. There are two ways. ### In the editor 1. Open the **Form** or **Application form** section. 2. Below the fields, fill in **Consent statement**. It can be up to 1,000 characters and can’t be left empty. 3. The note under the box says **Visitors tick this box themselves; it is never pre-ticked.** If you empty the box, a red message says “Consent statement can’t be empty. The last saved text is kept.” When you leave the box, your last saved statement comes back. ### From Launch setup 1. Open **Launch setup**. The launch checks list the form with **Has no consent statement. Visitors must be asked, with an unticked box, before they send their details.** 2. Click **Add a consent statement**. 3. A box labelled **Consent statement (shown beside an unticked box)** opens with this suggested text: “I agree to be contacted about my enquiry. My details are used only to reply to it.” 4. Change the text if you want to, then click **Save statement** (or **Cancel**). Saving the statement saves a new version of your funnel, like any other edit. ### What to write - Say what the visitor agrees to, in plain words: being contacted about their enquiry. - Say what you use their details for. - Keep it true. The consent statement is checked before publishing like the rest of your page, so it can’t promise a payment, booking or anything sent. See [Honesty checks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md). ## What happens next Your form changes show in the preview straight away. The preview’s form is switched off, so you can’t send it there. Once you publish, visitors see your questions, and each enquiry they send arrives in **Leads** with their answers and a record of their consent. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ## Limits - One email field per form. It stays and stays required. - At most 12 fields per form, and at most 4 on a compact sign-up form. - Choice lists: 1 to 20 different options. - Field types: **Short answer**, **Long answer**, **Choice list** and the one **Email address**. There are no file uploads, date pickers, payment fields or hidden fields. - The consent statement is required and can be up to 1,000 characters. ## If something goes wrong - The editor refuses a change: read the red message. It says which rule applies, and your form stays as it was. - **Launch setup** says the form has no consent statement: follow [Write the consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md#consent-statement). - Other problems: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md) - [What your funnel collects: enquiries and promised next steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files # Add images and files > Put your own images on your page, describe them for screen readers, reuse uploads across funnels and attach the file a download section offers. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files ## Who can do this - Uploading images and files needs **FunnelCreative Commercial** (or **Pro**). With **Campaign Vault** alone, you can’t upload. - Owners, admins and members can upload and attach files. A **Viewer** can see which image a section uses but can’t change it. - Images and files work on workspace funnels, not on drafts saved only in this browser. ## Which sections take an image Only the **Top of page** section (the first section of your landing page) can show an image. Every other section on your funnels lays out without images. An image is always optional: without one, the section reads **No image. The section works without one.** ## Add an image 1. On **Page design**, open **Sections** and click **Top of page**. 2. Find **Image** **(optional)**. 3. Click **Upload an image** and pick a file from your computer. The editor shows **Uploading…**, then attaches the image to the section. 4. Or, to use an image you uploaded before, choose it from **Your uploaded images** (**Choose an image…**) and click **Use this image**. 5. Fill in **Image description**. See [Write an image description](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md#image-description). The image shows in the preview straight away, unless it is very large (see [Limits](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md#limits)). To take the image off the section, click **Remove image**. The upload itself stays in **Your uploaded images**, so you can use it again. ## Write an image description **Image description** is the text people using screen readers hear instead of seeing the image. The editor says: **Describe what the image shows for people using screen readers. Leave it empty if it’s only decoration.** - Describe what matters in the image in one plain sentence, for example “Two people planning a garden at a kitchen table”. - Don’t start with “Image of”. Screen readers already say it is an image. - Leave it empty if the image adds nothing a visitor needs to know. An empty description marks the image as decoration, and screen readers skip it. - It can be up to 200 characters. See [Accessibility of your published pages](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/accessibility.md). ## See where an image or file is used When a section shows an image or file, or when you pick one from **Your uploaded images** or **Your uploaded files**, the editor lists the funnels that use it: - **Not used in any funnel yet.**, or a list that starts **Used in** and names each funnel. Each name opens that funnel. - **Live** marks a funnel whose published page shows this file. - **Archived** marks a funnel that is archived. (The app has no button to archive a funnel in this release.) - **(this funnel)** marks the funnel you have open. While the list loads, it says **Checking where this file is used…**. If it can’t load, it says **We couldn’t check where this file is used.** ### Replacing a file on a live page If your live page shows the file, the editor warns: **Your live page shows this file. If you replace it, the live page keeps the current file until you publish again.** Replace it, check the preview, then publish again from **Launch setup** when you are ready. ## Attach the file for a download section Some funnels installed from a Campaign Vault download pack have a **Download** section. After visitors send the form, the thank-you page gives them a download link for this file. The link works for 30 minutes after they send the form. The pack doesn’t include the file: you make it and upload it. FunnelCreative doesn’t email it to anyone. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). 1. Open the **Download** section in **Sections** and find **File to download**. 2. Click **Upload the file** **(PDF or image)** and pick the file. Or choose one from **Your uploaded files** (**Choose a file…**) and click **Use this file**. 3. When it is attached, the section shows the file’s name and **Attached. It’s offered from the next publish.** 4. To swap it later, use **Upload a replacement** or pick another file and click **Replace with this file**. Until a file is attached, the section says **No file attached yet, so this funnel can’t be published.** In **Launch setup**, the launch checks say **No file is attached yet. Upload it (or choose one you’ve uploaded) before publishing.** Click **Attach the file** there to jump straight to the section. Hiding the **Download** section doesn’t clear this check. If **Launch setup** says **Download files can’t be delivered here yet: the download signing key for this environment has not been added.**, the server you use isn’t set up to hand out download files, and a funnel with a **Download** section can’t be published there. Nothing you change in the funnel fixes this. ## What happens next - Your uploads are private to your workspace. Visitors see a file only once a page that uses it is published. - The image or file appears on your published page from your next publish. - Attaching or removing an image is saved as a new version, like any other edit, so you can undo it. See [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md). ## Limits - Image types: PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF. SVG images aren’t accepted. - Download files: a PDF, or a PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF image. - Size limit for one image: stated in the message an upload shows when an image is too large. - Size limit for one download file: stated in the message an upload shows when a file is too large. - Your workspace’s uploads together have a storage limit. Its size is not shown in the app: when the workspace is full, an upload fails with a message ending in “(quota_exceeded). Nothing changed.” - A funnel can use at most 24 files. - A visitor’s download link works for 30 minutes after they send the form. - Image description: up to 200 characters. - Very large images are attached but not drawn in the editor preview. The section then says **Attached. It’s too large to show in this preview, but it will appear on the published page.** - Replacing or removing an image drops the old one from the funnel when nothing else on the page uses it, so an old file never blocks publishing. - The app has no button to delete an upload. ## If something goes wrong The editor explains every refused upload under the image or file box. Nothing on your page changes when an upload fails. - **Images must be PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF.** Save or export the image in one of these formats and try again. - **Downloads must be a PDF or a PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF image.** Save the file as a PDF or one of these image formats. - The file is over the size limit: the message says so and suggests exporting a smaller version. For images, about 1600 px wide is plenty. - **This funnel already uses 24 files. Remove one first.** Remove an image you no longer need, then try again. - A message that starts **wasn’t uploaded (** and ends **). Nothing changed.** The short code in brackets says why. For example, `quota_exceeded` means your workspace has used its upload storage, `oversize` means the file is larger than one upload may be, `unsupported_type` means the file’s contents didn’t match an allowed type, and `empty_upload` means the file was empty. - The upload couldn’t reach FunnelCreative: check your connection and try again. - The upload worked but couldn’t be prepared for publishing or attached: the message says it isn’t attached, and your page is unchanged. Try again. - The message says your role can’t attach images or files: ask an owner or admin, or check your role in [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). - **The file for this image isn’t attached, so the page is shown without it and it can’t be published yet. Choose an image again or remove it.** Pick the image again from **Your uploaded images**, or click **Remove image**. For anything else, see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) - [Accessibility of your published pages](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/accessibility.md) - [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Limits and allowances](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/limits.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo # Undo, version history and save conflicts > Undo and redo your edits, see how saving works, bring back any earlier version as a new draft, and sort out changes saved in another tab or by a teammate. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro, Campaign Vault · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo ## Who can do this Owners, admins and members, on funnels saved to your workspace. That includes funnels installed from a Campaign Vault pack. A **Viewer** can’t undo, restore or edit, so the buttons are hidden for them. Drafts saved only in this browser have no undo, redo or version history. See [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). ## Undo and redo The **Undo** and **Redo** buttons sit at the top of the **Page design** tab, above your page settings, next to **Version history**. 1. Click **Undo** to step back one change. Click **Redo** to step forward again. 2. Point at a button to see what it will undo or redo, for example “Undo: Headline”. 3. Beside the buttons, **Last change:** names the last change you made. Keyboard shortcuts work when the cursor is not in a text box: - Undo: Ctrl+Z on Windows, Cmd+Z on a Mac. - Redo: Shift+Ctrl+Z on Windows, Shift+Cmd+Z on a Mac. Inside a text box, the same keys undo your typing in that box only, the usual way. How the steps work: - A burst of typing in one field counts as one step, so undo takes back the whole burst rather than one letter. - Moving, hiding, adding, removing and confirming a business fact are each one step. - Making a new change after an undo clears **Redo**. - Each undo or redo is saved as a new version. Nothing in your history is ever rewritten. - Undo only covers changes made since you opened the funnel. The steps are cleared when you reload the page, restore a version, or choose **Use the saved version** in a save conflict. Every saved version is still in **Version history**. ## How saving works There is no Save button. Each change saves to your workspace a moment after you stop typing. The heading of the editor shows where things stand: | What you see | What it means | |---|---| | **Unsaved changes** | You changed something and it is about to save. | | **Saving...** | The change is being saved to your workspace. | | **Saved to your workspace** | Your workspace has confirmed the save. | | **Save conflict** | A newer version was saved somewhere else. See [Save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#save-conflicts). | | **Save failed** | The save didn’t go through. A notice says why. | The editor only says **Saved to your workspace** after your workspace has confirmed it. A save with no real change doesn’t make a new version. ### When you are offline If your connection drops, a notice titled **Offline** says **Changes stay on this screen. We’ll save them when you’re back online.** Keep working. When the connection comes back, the editor saves what is waiting. Click **Reconnect** to try straight away. While it tries, the notice reads **Reconnecting...**. ### When a save fails A **Save failed** notice says what went wrong. The common reasons: - **We couldn’t reach FunnelCreative. Check your connection; nothing was lost from this screen.** - **Your session has ended. Sign in again to keep saving.** Click **Sign in again**. Your changes are kept in this browser while you do. - **This page’s security check is out of date. Reload the page and try again.** - **Your role in this workspace can’t do that.** - **That is too large to save in one go.** Shorten some of the longer text, then try again. - **Something went wrong on our side. Nothing was changed; try again.** When your session has ended, the notice offers **Sign in again**. Otherwise it offers **Retry save**. Every **Save failed** notice also offers **Export a copy**. See [Keep a copy of your version](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#export-a-copy). ### Leaving with unsaved changes If you try to close the tab or leave the page before your changes are saved, your browser asks first. Switching workspace or signing out asks too: **Some changes haven’t been saved to your workspace yet. Switch workspace anyway?** or **Some changes haven’t been saved to your workspace yet. Sign out anyway?** ## Version history Every save is kept as its own version for as long as the funnel exists. **Version history** lets you look at any of them and bring one back. 1. On **Page design**, click **Version history**. The history panel takes the place of the preview. Its heading reads **EVERY SAVE IS KEPT**. 2. **Saved versions** lists every version, newest first, with the date and time. **Current draft** marks the version you are editing now. **Live** marks the version your published page shows. 3. Click a version. The version just before your current draft is selected when the panel opens. 4. Read **Compared with your current draft**. It lists each difference, such as **Changed**, **Added**, **Removed**, **Moved**, **Hidden** and **Shown**, with the old and new text side by side. A very long list ends with the number of further differences. When the two match, it says **This version matches your current draft.** 5. Look at the preview of that version under the list. 6. Click **Close history** to go back to the preview. If the funnel has only one version, the panel says **This funnel has one version so far.** ### Restore an earlier version Restoring copies an old version into a new draft. It never publishes anything. 1. In **Version history**, pick the version you want. 2. Click **Restore version N as a draft**. If you are still typing, the button waits and the panel shows **Saving your latest changes first…**. On your current draft, the button reads **This is your current draft** and does nothing. 3. A dialog asks **Restore version N as a draft?** It explains that the version becomes your newest draft and that every other version stays in the history. It also says either that your live page keeps its version until you publish again, or **Nothing is published.** 4. Click **Restore as version N** to go ahead, or **Cancel**. 5. A notice confirms which version is now your draft. It adds either that your live page still shows its version until you publish, or **Nothing was published.** Click **Dismiss** to close it. What restoring brings back: - The whole funnel as it was in that version: page words, sections and their order, forms, business facts, email drafts, and which sections had **Keep my wording** ticked. - The versions in between stay in the history. You can restore a later one again at any time. What restoring doesn’t do: - It doesn’t change your live page. To put the restored version live, publish it from **Launch setup**. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). - It doesn’t overwrite a newer version saved elsewhere. If someone saved in the meantime, you see **A newer version was saved elsewhere, so nothing was restored. Review the latest version, then try again.** ## Save conflicts A conflict happens when the same funnel was saved from another tab, or by a teammate, after this tab last loaded it. FunnelCreative never overwrites the other save silently. Your tab doesn’t fetch newer versions by itself. If you haven’t changed anything, reload the page to see the latest version. If you change something first, the notice below appears. If you have changes waiting, the notice **A newer version was saved elsewhere** appears. It says **Your workspace has a newer version than this tab. Nothing was overwritten.** It lists the basic fields that differ, with the saved text and yours side by side, and **Every difference** opens the full list. Choose one: - **Keep my version**: saves your version on top of the newer one. The newer version stays in **Version history**, so nothing is lost. - **Use the saved version**: drops your changes in this tab and loads the saved version. Your undo steps are cleared. - **Export a copy**: downloads your version as a file first, so you can decide later. If the funnel has been archived, it can’t be saved any more. (The app has no button that archives a funnel in this release.) The notice says **This funnel was archived in another tab or by a teammate, so it can’t be saved. Export your version to keep it.** and offers only **Export my version**. Undoing or redoing onto content that another tab replaced also ends in a conflict, never a silent overwrite. ## Unsaved changes found If a save failed because your session ended or your connection dropped, or you closed the tab before a save finished, the editor keeps your edited version in this browser. Next time you open that funnel in the same browser, you see **Unsaved changes found in this browser**, with the date and time of those changes. - **Restore my changes** puts them back and saves them now. If someone saved the funnel in the meantime, you get the save conflict choices above. - **Discard them** throws them away. Your workspace keeps the version it already had. This only works in the browser where you made the changes. ## Keep a copy of your version **Export a copy** (and **Export my version**) downloads your funnel as it is on screen, as a file named after the funnel and ending in “-unsaved.json”. Keep it somewhere safe. The editor can’t load this file back in, but it holds all your text if you need to copy it out later. ## What happens next Every change you keep is a new draft version in your workspace. Your published page only changes when you publish again from **Launch setup**. ## Limits - Undo and redo cover the changes made since you opened the funnel in this tab. - Every saved version is kept for as long as the funnel exists. - Restoring always makes a new draft. It never publishes and never deletes a version. - A funnel that is too large to save in one go is refused. This takes a very long page. ## If something goes wrong - **Undo** is greyed out after a reload: that is expected. Use **Version history** instead. - **Restore version N as a draft** stays greyed out: wait until the heading says **Saved to your workspace**. - Other problems: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md) - [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai # Writing your copy (and AI writing) > Write and edit your page copy so it stays specific and passes the honesty checks, and see where AI drafting from your confirmed facts fits in. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai AI writing isn’t switched on for customers yet. You write and edit every word yourself, and nothing on your page changes without you. AI drafting from your confirmed facts switches on once its quality evaluation passes. ## Who can do this - Everyone who can edit a funnel writes and edits its copy by hand: owners, admins and members, on **FunnelCreative Commercial**, **Pro**, or a funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack. - AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. - Editing by hand never uses AI units. ## The Write with AI panel On the **Page design** tab, the **Write with AI** panel sits under the introduction, above **Funnel basics**. Today the panel says “AI writing isn’t switched on yet — edit the copy yourself”. It has no buttons. Nothing on your page is written or changed by AI. On a draft saved only in this browser, the panel says **AI writing works on funnels saved to your workspace.** ## Write your copy by hand You can change every word on your page yourself, whatever the state of AI writing. 1. On **Page design**, fill in **Funnel basics**: **Headline**, **Introduction** and **Button text** are the first things visitors read. 2. Open each section in **Sections** and replace the sample copy with your own words. 3. Check the preview as you go, on desktop and on phone. 4. Look at **Before you can publish** under **Sections** and fix anything it lists. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) for every control. ### Tips for copy that passes the honesty checks FunnelCreative checks your page before it publishes. These habits keep you clear of the checks and make the page more convincing: - One promise. Your page leads to one next step: the enquiry. Say what happens after someone sends the form, in the same words as your promised next step. See [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). - Stick to what you can back up. Use the facts you confirmed on **Business facts**. Leave out results, numbers, ratings, awards or credentials you can’t prove. - No made-up proof. Don’t invent testimonials, reviews, client quotes or ratings. - No false urgency. Only mention a deadline if it is real. - Buttons ask for the enquiry. Button text such as “Register your interest”, “Join the waitlist” or “Request a quote” works. Words that suggest buying, booking or getting access straight away stop the page from publishing. - Don’t say anything has already happened. Your page never takes money, books a time or sends anything, so its copy can’t say it did. - Plain text only. Fields don’t accept code, links or formatting. See [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) for the full list and examples. ### Tips for specific copy - Name who the page is for, in their words: “first-time founders with a side project”, not “everyone”. - Say what they get from the enquiry: a reply, a quote, a place on the waitlist. - If your funnel has a **Questions** section (Campaign Vault packs do), answer the questions people ask you most there. - Keep each benefit to one idea, with a short title and one or two sentences. If you use your own AI assistant to help draft words, see [Using FunnelCreative with your AI assistant](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant.md). Check everything it gives you against your facts before you paste it in. ## AI units **My funnels** shows a tile called **AI units this month**. AI units are used only by AI writing, so the tile only matters once AI writing is switched on. Writing and editing by hand never uses them. ## Keep my wording Each section has a **Keep my wording** tick box. It tells AI writing to leave that section exactly as it is. Until AI writing is switched on, it has one effect: on a funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack, applying a pack update leaves a ticked section exactly as it is. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). ## Your leads and AI Your leads are never sent to AI providers. The people who fill in your form, and what they send, stay in your workspace. See [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md). ## Limits - Hand editing: every field of every section, within each field’s length limit. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). ## If something goes wrong - A page won’t publish because of its words: see [Honesty checks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md). - Other problems: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) - [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) - [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) - [Using FunnelCreative with your AI assistant](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant.md) - [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts # Follow-up email drafts > Edit the follow-up email drafts saved with your funnel, then copy or download each one and send it from your own email tool. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Campaign Vault · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts ## Who can do this Anyone in the workspace can read, copy and download a funnel's email drafts. The owner, admins and members can edit them on funnels made with **FunnelCreative Commercial**, and on funnels installed from a Campaign Vault pack. Email drafts are saved with workspace funnels. A draft saved only in this browser shows the recipe's sample emails, read only, marked **Sample draft** and **Draft only · no email is sent**. ## What an email draft is Each funnel comes with a short set of follow-up emails for the people who send your form. They are drafts. FunnelCreative doesn't send email: you copy or download each one and send it yourself, from your own email app or email tool. The tab says so at the top: **Edit these drafts here; they’re saved with your funnel. FunnelCreative doesn’t send email: copy or download each one and send it yourself, or paste it into your email tool.** Every draft is marked **Draft · not sent**. Nothing about your leads is ever put into a draft. The drafts are the same for everyone; you add the person's name yourself when you send. ## Edit a draft 1. Open the funnel and choose the **Email drafts** tab. The tab shows how many drafts the funnel has. 2. Click a draft to open it. The first one is open already. 3. Edit the three boxes: - **Subject**: required, one line. - **Preview text**: optional, one line. **The short line inboxes show after the subject. Your email tool may ask for it separately.** - **Email text**: required. 4. Check **How it reads** below the text. It shows the email as your reader will see it. Your changes save automatically, like every other edit, and each save is a new version of the funnel. You can go back to earlier wording in version history. See [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md). ### Simple formatting The email text is plain text. The note under the box, **Plain text. Optional simple formatting:**, lists bold, italic, bulleted lists and links. These marks work: - `**bold**` for bold and `*italic*` for italic - lines starting `- ` for a bulleted list, or `1. ` for a numbered list (the note doesn’t list numbered lists) - a line on its own, with a blank line before and after, starting `#`, `##` or `###` for a heading (the note doesn’t list headings) - square brackets around some words, followed by a web address in round brackets, for a link. The address must be a full web address starting with https or http, or a mailto address. The formatting is never turned into web code. A link is shown with its web address written out after the words, so your reader can see where it goes. ### Suggested timing Each draft shows **Suggested timing:** and a moment when you might send it, followed by **Send manually or from your email tool**. This is advice only. Nothing is scheduled. ## Remove the tokens before you publish The drafts that come with every recipe contain tokens in double curly brackets. Every draft starts with `Hi {{first_name}},` and some also contain link tokens such as `{{workshop_url}}`. FunnelCreative doesn't fill these in, and each one blocks publishing. In **Launch setup**, each affected draft appears as its own item, such as “Email draft Email 1”, with the message “Has a malformed placeholder” and the button **Open email drafts**. 1. Click **Open email drafts**, or choose the **Email drafts** tab. 2. In each draft, find every `{{…}}` in the **Email text**. Delete it, or replace it with your own words. For example, change `Hi {{first_name}},` to `Hi there,`, and replace a link token with your own web address. 3. Check the **Subject** the same way: a token there blocks publishing too. Tidy the **Preview text** as well, because your readers see it. 4. Go back to **Launch setup**. The item disappears once the saved draft has no tokens left. Read each draft while you're there. The recipe drafts are written for an example business, so change anything that doesn't describe your offer. ## Copy or download a draft When you're ready to send, open the draft and choose one: - **Copy text** puts the subject, the preview text and the email text on your clipboard. You'll see **Copied. Paste it into your email tool.** If your browser blocks copying, you'll see **Your browser didn’t allow copying. Download the .txt file instead.** - **Download .txt** saves a text file with the funnel name, subject, preview text, timing advice and the email text. - **Download .eml** saves an email file with the subject and text but no addresses. It is marked as unsent, so many email apps open it as a new draft. If yours opens it as a received message, copy the text into a new email instead. Add who it's for and send it. The draft says: **The .eml file has no addresses: open it in your email app, add who it’s for and send it yourself.** The downloads always use the saved version. While your latest change is still saving, the download buttons are replaced by **Downloads use the saved version; saving your changes first…** ## Keep my wording Each draft has a **Keep my wording** box. Ticking it marks the draft **Kept as written ·** in its heading. On a funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack, a draft with **Keep my wording** ticked stays exactly as it is when you apply a pack update (**Update available** in **Launch setup**). See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. ## What is checked before you publish Email drafts are part of the launch checks in **Launch setup**: - any `{{…}}` token, or a placeholder for a fact you haven't confirmed, in the subject or the email text - email text that says someone paid, was booked in or was signed up to a course. An email may say you sent something, such as a guide, because you send it yourself. The preview text isn’t checked. Each item has the button **Open email drafts**, or **Confirm the fact** for a fact placeholder. See [Honesty checks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md). ## If a funnel has no drafts A funnel with no drafts says **This funnel has no email drafts.** Write your follow-up emails in your own email tool instead. AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. ## Limits - Drafts only. FunnelCreative doesn't send email, schedule it, or track opens or clicks. - **Subject**: required, one line, at most 200 characters. - **Preview text**: optional, one line, at most 150 characters. - **Email text**: required, at most 4,000 characters. - Lead details are never merged into a draft. - The timing is advice. Nothing is sent automatically. If an edit breaks a rule, the box tells you why, for example **The subject can’t be empty.**, **The subject must be one line.**, **Preview text must be one line.** or **The email needs some text.** ## If something goes wrong - A draft blocks publishing with “Has a malformed placeholder”: see [Remove the tokens before you publish](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md#remove-tokens). - The download buttons are missing: wait for your changes to save. - Anything else: [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel # Publish your funnel > Choose a web address, clear the launch checks and put an exact version live so its form collects enquiries. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel ## Who can do this Workspaces with **FunnelCreative Commercial**, with or without the Pro upgrade. The owner, admins and members can publish. A viewer can open **Launch setup** and see what is live and what blocks publishing, but gets no buttons: **Only owners, admins and members can publish, roll back or unpublish this funnel.** ## Before you start - Your funnel must be saved in your workspace. A draft saved only in this browser can't be published: its **Launch setup** tab says **Publishing works on workspace funnels.** Sign in and import it first. See [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). - Confirm your three required business facts: audience, offer and **Promised next step**. See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). - Open the funnel and choose the **Launch setup** tab. When all three facts are confirmed, the **Review setup** button at the top of the editor also takes you there. ## Choose a web address Your funnel is published on a FunnelCreative web address that ends in a short name you choose. Visitors open that address to see your landing page, and the thank-you page lives on the same address. 1. In **Launch setup**, find **Web address**. 2. The box **Choose the address visitors will use** already holds a suggestion made from your funnel name. Change it if you like. 3. Click **Save address**. You'll see **Web address saved.** The rules, shown under the box as **Lowercase letters, numbers and single hyphens.**: - use 1 to 48 lowercase letters, numbers and single hyphens (the box stops at 48) - don't start or end with a hyphen, and don't use two hyphens in a row - these names are reserved and can't be used: `fc`, `api`, `app`, `admin`, `health`, `preview`, `variant`, `login`, `logout`, `static`, `assets`, `www` While the name breaks a rule, **Save address** stays greyed out. If the server still refuses it, you see **That web address can’t be used** with **Use 1–48 lowercase letters, numbers and single hyphens, not starting or ending with a hyphen.** Each address can belong to only one funnel across FunnelCreative. If someone already has it, you see **That web address is taken** and **Choose a different address. Nothing was changed.** Every funnel is published on a FunnelCreative address. You can't connect your own domain in this release. To change the address later, click **Change** next to it. **Change** only appears while the funnel is not live. The address stays reserved for this funnel, even after you take the funnel down. ## Clear the launch checks Under **Before you publish version N**, **Launch setup** lists everything that stops this version from going live. Each item says where the problem is and has one button that takes you to the fix. The list is worked out from your last saved version, so it updates after each change you make. When nothing is left, you see **Ready to publish** and **Every page, form and email draft passed the launch checks.** Once this version is live, the heading of the list reads **Launch checks · version N**. A new funnel made from a recipe usually shows four kinds of item straight away: no web address yet, a missing consent statement, the tokens in its email drafts and, until you confirm them, your business facts. That is expected. Work down the list. ### Business facts still needed The **Business facts** item shows **Still needed:** and the facts you haven't confirmed yet. Click **Confirm facts** to open the **Business facts** tab. Publishing waits for all three required facts. See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). ### No web address yet The item says **Choose a web address for this funnel before publishing.** Click **Choose a web address** to jump to the address box, then follow [Choose a web address](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md#choose-a-web-address). ### No consent statement Every form needs a consent statement, and every funnel made from a recipe starts without one. The item is headed with the form's name, such as “Form “Lead form””, and says **Has no consent statement. Visitors must be asked, with an unticked box, before they send their details.** 1. Click **Add a consent statement**. 2. A box called **Consent statement (shown beside an unticked box)** opens, already filled in with: **I agree to be contacted about my enquiry. My details are used only to reply to it.** 3. Change the wording if you want, then click **Save statement**. **Cancel** closes the box without saving. The statement is saved as a new version. On the live page it appears next to a box the visitor must tick before the form will send. It can't be left blank. If a statement you wrote contains a broken `{{…}}` token, the button reads **Rewrite the consent statement** instead. You can also edit the statement with the form itself: see [Edit your form and consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md). ### No file attached This appears only on funnels installed from one of the Campaign Vault download packs. The item is headed **File ·** followed by the file's name and says **No file is attached yet. Upload it (or choose one you’ve uploaded) before publishing.** Click **Attach the file** to open the section that needs it. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### Copy that claims too much, or a page problem Items with a **Fix it in the page** button point at something on the page itself. The heading names the place, such as `Landing page · Top of page`, and the message says what is wrong. Common ones: - wording or button text that says something happened that an enquiry can’t deliver, or asks the visitor for it. See [Honesty checks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md). - the headline or the button text on the top of the page is empty - the form has no email question, or the email question isn't required - text between double curly brackets that isn't a proper placeholder (“Has a malformed placeholder”) Click **Fix it in the page** to open **Page design**, then change the wording. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). ### A placeholder is waiting for a fact The message says the section “Still has the placeholder for” a fact, followed by “confirm that fact or edit the text”. Click **Confirm the fact** to open **Business facts** and confirm it, and the placeholder fills in, unless the section or draft has **Keep my wording** ticked: then edit it yourself. Or replace the placeholder with your own words. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). ### Email drafts that still contain tokens The follow-up email drafts that come with every recipe start with tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, and some also contain link tokens such as `{{workshop_url}}`. FunnelCreative doesn't fill these in, so each one blocks publishing. Each draft appears as its own item, such as “Email draft Email 1”, with the message “Has a malformed placeholder”. 1. Click **Open email drafts**. 2. In each draft, open **Email text** and delete or replace every `{{…}}` token. For example, change `Hi {{first_name}},` to `Hi there,`. 3. Check the **Subject** too. While you're there, read each draft and change anything that doesn't fit your offer. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). ### Too many funnels live Your plan sets how many funnels can be live at the same time in a workspace: the **Live funnels** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). When the workspace is at that number, the item reads: This workspace already has N live funnels, **the most its plan allows. Unpublish one to put this funnel live.** Click **Choose a funnel to unpublish** to go to **My funnels**. Open a funnel you no longer need live, take it down (see [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md#take-a-funnel-down)), then come back and publish. If your plan doesn't include live funnels at all, the item reads **Your plan doesn’t include live funnels, so this one can’t go live.** Publishing new changes to a funnel that is already live never counts against this number. ### Recipes that have no form **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** and **Application to discovery call** create a page with no form in this release. Their launch checks include “No lead form: B1 outcomes capture enquiries”, “No confirmation promise” and a message that the button “points at a planned step that is not implemented”. These items can't be fixed in the editor, because it can't add a form. A funnel made from one of these recipes can't be published or collect enquiries. Start a new funnel from a recipe that has a form instead: - for software or a product launch, **Waitlist sign-ups** - for coaching, **Consultation enquiries** See the [recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md) for which recipes collect enquiries. ## Publish 1. Make sure the list is clear and your latest edits have saved. Until they have, the publish button stays greyed out and the note under it says **Your latest edits are saving first.** or **Checking your latest version…** 2. Click **Publish · version N**. N is the number of the version you just reviewed. 3. A dialog asks **Publish version N?** It names your web address and says that visitors will see this version exactly as you reviewed it, and that its form starts collecting leads. 4. Click **Publish version N** to confirm, or cancel. 5. While the server works, the button reads **Publishing…** and the status says **Waiting for the server to confirm. Nothing changes for visitors until it does.** ## What happens next - The status under **What visitors see** changes to **Live** with the version number, followed by **Version N has been live since** and the date. - An **Open live page** link appears. It opens the public page in a new tab. - The form on the live page starts collecting enquiries. They arrive in the funnel's **Leads** tab. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). - The live page stays exactly as you published it. Editing the funnel afterwards changes nothing for visitors until you publish again. See [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md). - If you publish a version that is already live, you see **Version N was already live. Nothing changed.** ## What visitors see - Your landing page, with your form, at your web address. - After they send the form, the thank-you page with the promised next step you confirmed, stated word for word. See [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). - On **FunnelCreative Commercial**, a small **Made with FunnelCreative** note on the page. With Pro you can turn it off, and the change shows from your next publish. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). No email is sent to the visitor, and no email is sent to you when a lead arrives. Published pages set no cookies. See [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md). The preview inside the editor is not the live page. Its form is switched off and says **Preview only: this form is switched off and can’t collect details.** ## If your workspace doesn't include hosting Publishing needs a plan that includes hosting. A workspace without it, such as one with only Campaign Vault, shows **Publishing needs hosting** at the top of **Launch setup**, with **Publishing needs a FunnelCreative plan that includes hosting. Everything already in this workspace, including installed Campaign Vault packs, stays here.** You can still edit the funnel. The launch checks still run, and when they pass you see **Content checks passed**. The address and publish controls are replaced by **Your funnel is saved here, and you can keep editing it. It can go live once this workspace has hosting.** See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## Limits - One web address per funnel, on a FunnelCreative address. No custom domains in this release. - The address can be changed only while the funnel is not live. - How many funnels can be live at once: the **Live funnels** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). - Only the latest saved version can be published, and only after you've reviewed it in **Launch setup**. - Drafts saved only in this browser can't be published. ## If something goes wrong - **This funnel changed after you reviewed it** or **Someone else changed what’s live**: see [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md#if-something-goes-wrong). - **We couldn’t publish this version** with **A stored file didn’t match what we rendered, so we stopped. What visitors see is unchanged. Try again.**: nothing changed for visitors. Try again. - **This workspace is scheduled for deletion**: nothing can be published until the deletion is cancelled. See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). - Everything else: [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) - [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md) - [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md) - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish # Update, roll back or take down a live funnel > Publish a new version of a live funnel, put an earlier version back, or take the funnel down, without losing any leads or versions. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish ## Who can do this Workspaces with **FunnelCreative Commercial**, with or without the Pro upgrade. The owner, admins and members can publish changes, roll back and take a funnel down. Viewers see the status but no buttons. Taking a funnel down is always allowed, whatever your plan. ## Before you start Open the funnel and choose the **Launch setup** tab. The top of the tab, **What visitors see**, shows what is live right now. ## Publish your changes The live page never changes while you edit. Your edits are saved as new versions of the funnel, but visitors keep seeing the version you published until you publish again. 1. Make your changes in the editor. 2. Open **Launch setup** and clear any new items in the launch checks. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md#launch-checks). 3. Click **Publish changes · version N**. 4. The dialog **Publish version N?** tells you which live version this replaces. Click **Publish version N** to confirm. When it's done, the new version is live and the version it replaced moves to **Published versions** as an **Earlier release**. While the version you're looking at is already live, there is no publish button. Instead you see **Version N is what visitors see. Edit the page to publish a new version.** Changes to a Pro brand kit, or to the **Made with FunnelCreative** badge, work the same way: the live page shows them only from your next publish. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). ## Roll back to an earlier version Every version you have published is kept. **Published versions** lists the most recent ones, newest first. The one visitors see is marked **Live now**. The others are marked **Earlier release**, with the date they were published. 1. Under **Published versions**, find the version you want. 2. Click **Roll back to version N**. 3. The dialog **Roll back to version N?** explains that nothing is deleted and every lead stays in your inbox. Confirm with **Roll back to version N**. 4. You'll see **Version N is live again.** Rolling back is quick, because every published version is kept exactly as it was. Rolling back doesn't change what you're editing: your latest version stays in the editor, and you can publish it again at any time. The list says **Leads from every version stay in your inbox.** Each lead records the version it came from. If a version's stored files are no longer complete, you see **That version can’t be restored** and **Its published files are no longer complete. Nothing was changed.** ## Forms on older versions keep working for a while When a newer version goes live, or you roll back, someone may still have the old page open. Forms on the replaced version keep accepting enquiries for 24 hours, as long as the funnel is still live. Those leads arrive in your inbox with the older version number. After that, or once the funnel is taken down, the old form answers “This form is no longer accepting enquiries.” ## Take a funnel down 1. In **Launch setup**, click **Unpublish**. 2. The dialog **Take this funnel down?** explains what happens. Confirm with **Unpublish**. 3. The status shows **Taking down** and **Waiting for the server to confirm the page is down.** 4. Then you see **Your funnel is down. Visitors to its address now get “not found”. Your leads are kept.** After you take a funnel down: - Visitors to its address get a plain “Not found” page, and its form stops accepting enquiries. - The address stays reserved for this funnel. Nobody else can take it. - Every version is kept. The version that was live moves to **Published versions** as an **Earlier release**, so you can put it back with **Roll back to version N**, or publish your latest version again. - Every lead stays in your inbox. - The status reads **Unpublished**, and **What visitors see** says **Nothing is live. Earlier versions are kept below.** - The funnel no longer counts towards how many funnels your workspace can have live. ## What happens next - Publish, roll back and take down each change what visitors see on their next visit. Nothing is half-live: if something fails, the version that was live stays live. - Leads and analytics keep every version apart. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) and [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md). ## Limits - Only the latest saved version can be published. Earlier versions can only be put back with **Roll back to version N**. - If nothing is live when you roll back, the funnel needs room in your live-funnel allowance: the **Live funnels** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). - Forms on a replaced version accept enquiries for 24 hours. - While a workspace deletion is pending, you can't publish or roll back. You can still take funnels down. ## If something goes wrong ### This funnel changed after you reviewed it Someone saved a newer version between your review and your click. You see **This funnel changed after you reviewed it**, and a message that nothing was published. Click **Review the latest version**, check the launch checks again, then publish. ### Someone else changed what’s live A teammate, or you in another tab, published, rolled back or took the funnel down at the same moment. You see **Someone else changed what’s live** and **This funnel was published, rolled back or taken down in another tab or by a teammate. Nothing was changed by this request. Check what’s live now, then try again.** Click **Check what’s live** to refresh, then decide again. ### Fix these before publishing A launch check failed on the server. You see **Fix these before publishing** and **Nothing was published.**, with the items to fix. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md#launch-checks). ### This workspace is scheduled for deletion While a workspace deletion is pending, nothing in it can go live. The deletion request takes every live page down, and every form in the workspace answers “This form is no longer accepting enquiries.” until the deletion is cancelled. Publishing and rolling back are refused with **This workspace is scheduled for deletion**. The owner can cancel the deletion in Settings → Account & data. Cancelling doesn't put any funnel back live: publish each one again yourself. See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). Anything else: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md) - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads # Your lead inbox and CSV export > Read every enquiry your funnels collect, set a status, add notes, delete a lead on request and export leads to a spreadsheet-safe CSV file. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads ## Who can do this Leads are your visitors' personal details, so access depends on your role in the workspace: | Role | Read leads, set status, add notes | Export CSV, delete leads | |---|---|---| | Owner | Yes | Yes | | Admin | Yes | Yes | | Member | Yes | No | | Viewer | No | No | A viewer who opens the inbox sees **Viewers can’t see leads: they’re your visitors’ personal details.** A member who tries to export or delete sees **Only owners and admins can export leads.** or **Only owners and admins can delete leads.** Your leads stay readable in your workspace even when a funnel is no longer live. ## Where your leads are There are two inboxes: - One funnel's leads: open the funnel and choose the **Leads** tab. - **All leads**, for every funnel in the workspace. See [All leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#all-leads). Each lead is stored as soon as the visitor sends the form, before they see the thank-you page. Leads from every published version of a funnel are kept together, and each shows the version it came from. ## All leads **All leads** shows everyone who sent a form on any funnel in this workspace, in one list. 1. In the sidebar, choose **My funnels**. 2. At the top, switch from **Funnels** to **All leads**. 3. To see one funnel, choose it in the **Funnel** list. **All funnels** shows everything. 4. In a lead's detail, click the funnel's name to open that funnel's **Leads** tab. **All leads** works the same way as a funnel's **Leads** tab: the same filters, detail, status, notes and export. It shows only this workspace's leads. ## Find a lead The newest leads come first. Each row shows the person's name and email address when the form asked for them, the version it came from and when it arrived, and its status. Use the filters above the list: - **Search**: type a name, an email address or any word from their answers (**Name, email or answer**). The list updates when you pause typing. - **Status**: choose one status, or **Any status**. - **From** and **To**: choose dates. Dates are whole days in UTC, the same for everyone in the workspace. - **Clear filters** removes them all. The list shows 50 leads at a time. Click **Show older leads** at the bottom to load the next 50. ## Open a lead Click a lead to open its detail. It shows: - when it arrived, which funnel it came from and the version number - every answer the visitor gave. Each answer is labelled with a short name made from the form question's internal name, such as “Name”, “Email” or “Details”, not the full question text. - the consent record: **Agreed** or **Did not agree**, then the exact consent statement the visitor saw and the time. If the form had no consent statement, it says **No consent statement was on this form.** - on a funnel that offers a download, **The download was offered on the thank-you page.** - a line confirming that no email was sent Click **Close** to hide the detail. ## Set a status Use **Status** in the lead's detail to track your follow-up. The choices are **New**, **Contacted**, **Qualified**, **Closed** and **Spam**. Every lead starts as **New**. The change saves straight away. Marking a lead **Spam** only changes its status. It doesn't delete the lead or block the sender. ## Add a note Notes are for you and your team. **No notes yet. Only people in this workspace see them.** 1. Type in **Add a note**. 2. Click **Save note**. Each note shows the date it was added. A note can't be longer than 2,000 characters, and once saved it can't be edited or removed on its own. Notes are deleted with their lead. ## Delete a lead Delete a lead when a visitor asks you to remove their details, or when you no longer need it. 1. Open the lead and click **Delete this lead**. 2. The dialog **Delete this lead?** says: **Their answers, consent record and notes are erased for good. The funnel’s counts keep the submission. This can’t be undone.** 3. Click **Delete lead**. 4. You'll see **Lead deleted. Their answers, consent record and notes were erased.** Only owners and admins can delete leads. If you need a record that you honoured a request, export the lead first. See [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md). ## Export to CSV 1. In **Leads** or **All leads**, set the filters you want. The export includes every lead that matches, not just the ones on screen. 2. Click **Export CSV**. It is greyed out while the list is empty or loading. 3. Your browser saves a file named `leads-` followed by today's date in UTC, such as `leads-YYYY-MM-DD.csv` with the real date, and a message tells you how many leads were exported. Only owners and admins can export. What's in the file: - one row for every matching lead, newest first, however many there are - these columns, in this order: `lead_id`, `received_at`, `funnel`, `published_version`, `form`, `status`, `consent_given` (yes or no, blank when there was no consent statement), `consent_text`, then one column for each form question, named by its internal field name - deleted leads are left out The file is made to open safely in a spreadsheet: - If an answer starts with `=`, `+`, `-`, `@`, a tab or a carriage return, even after spaces or line breaks, the cell starts with an apostrophe. This stops your spreadsheet from treating a visitor's answer as a formula. The apostrophe is not part of the answer. - Every cell is in quotes, so commas and line breaks inside an answer stay in their cell. - The file is UTF-8 with a byte-order mark, so accented names show correctly when you open it. Your leads are also included when the owner or an admin exports all the workspace's data from Settings → Account & data. See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). ## Leads on your funnel cards On **My funnels**, each card shows how many leads that funnel received in the last 7 days, when there are any. The summary above the cards also counts the whole workspace's leads for the same period. ## What the inbox doesn't do - FunnelCreative doesn't email you when a lead arrives. New leads appear in the **Leads** tab and in **All leads**. - It doesn't email your leads. Follow up from your own email tool, using your [email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md) if you like. - There is no CRM sync and no webhooks. Leads leave FunnelCreative only through your CSV export or the account data export. ## Limits - 50 leads per page in the list; **Show older leads** loads more. - Notes: up to 2,000 characters each, and they can't be edited after saving. - Dates in filters and file names are UTC days. - Viewers can't see leads. Only owners and admins can export or delete them. - A deleted lead can't be brought back. ## If something goes wrong - **We couldn’t load leads**: click **Try again**. - **That lead isn’t in this workspace any more.**: someone else deleted it, or it belongs to another workspace. - **Your role in this workspace can’t change leads.**: ask the owner or an admin to change your role. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). - **No leads yet. Publish this funnel so visitors can send its form; their details appear here.**: the funnel hasn't been published. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). - **No leads match these filters. Clear them to see every lead.**: click **Clear filters**. - Anything else: [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md) - [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md) - [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md) - [What your funnel collects: enquiries and promised next steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics # Analytics: views and submissions > See how many people viewed a funnel's landing page and how many sent its form, per published version and per day. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics ## Who can do this Everyone in the workspace, including viewers. Analytics are counts only, with no personal details, so every role can see them. ## Open analytics 1. Open a funnel saved in your workspace. 2. Choose the **Analytics** tab. 3. Pick a **Range**: **Last 7 days**, **Last 30 days** or **Last 90 days**. It starts on **Last 30 days**. 4. Pick a **Version**: **All versions**, or one published version. ## What the numbers mean The tab explains its sum at the top: **Conversion = accepted form submissions ÷ landing-page views.** Everything is counted per published version and per day in UTC. - **Landing-page views**: visits to the funnel's landing page at its web address. - **Accepted submissions**: forms the server accepted and stored as leads. A visitor who sends the same form twice by accident counts once. - **Conversion**: accepted submissions divided by landing-page views, as a percentage, with the two numbers underneath. When there were no views, it shows **—** rather than 0%. Below the totals are two tables: - **By published version**: views, submissions and **Conversion (submissions ÷ views)** for every version you have published. A version with no views in the range shows 0, and its conversion shows **—**. Use it to compare one version with another. - **By day (UTC)**: one row per day, newest first, with **Date**, **Views**, **Submissions** and **Conversion**. Days with nothing show 0. When you choose one version in **Version**, everything on the tab shows that version only: the totals, the version table and the daily table. ## What is not counted The tab lists what it leaves out: bots and crawlers, prefetch and preview requests, owner previews inside the app, and failed or rejected submissions. - The preview in the editor never counts as a view. - Views of the thank-you page are not counted. Only the landing page counts. - A form that was refused, for example because a required answer was missing, is not counted. Your own visits to the live page do count. If you open your live page in a normal browser tab, that is a view like any other. ## Things to know - Deleting a lead doesn't change the count. The submission stays counted; only the person's details are erased. - Analytics store counts only. No IP addresses, browser details or cookies are kept about visitors. - There are no revenue or booking figures. The tab says so: **No revenue or booking figures: this funnel doesn’t take payments or bookings.** - There is no visitor-level data and no traffic sources or referrers. - If a view can't be counted for a moment, the page still loads for the visitor. ## If the funnel hasn't been published A funnel that has never been published shows **This funnel hasn’t been published, so there is nothing to count yet. Every number below is zero.** Publish it first. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). ## Limits - Counts only: views, accepted submissions and conversion. - Ranges of **Last 7 days**, **Last 30 days** or **Last 90 days**. - Days are UTC days, so a day's figures may not line up with your own midnight. - Numbers are per funnel. There is no combined view across funnels. ## If something goes wrong - **We couldn’t load analytics**: click **Try again**. - Numbers look lower than expected: remember that bots, previews and refused forms don't count. - Anything else: [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md) - [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets # Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro) > Put your own logo, colours and fonts on your published pages, hide the “Made with FunnelCreative” badge, and start new funnels from a saved preset with FunnelCreative Pro. Applies to: Pro · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets ## Who can do this - Brand kits, hiding the badge and presets are part of **Pro** (**FunnelCreative Pro**). Pro is an upgrade to **FunnelCreative Commercial**. - On **FunnelCreative Commercial**, your pages use the FunnelCreative look and show the badge. You can try the kit editor, but you can’t save a kit. See [On FunnelCreative Commercial](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#on-funnelcreative-commercial). - Every role in the workspace can open the screen. What each role can change: | Action | Owner and admin | Member | Viewer | |---|---|---|---| | Create a brand kit | Yes | Yes | No | | Edit or archive a kit | Yes | No | No | | Make a kit the default | Yes | No | No | | Apply a kit to one funnel | Yes | Yes | No | | Hide or show the badge | Yes | No | No | | Save a preset, or start a funnel from one | Yes | Yes | No | | Archive a preset | Yes | No | No | ## Open Brand & presets 1. In the workspace sidebar, under **SETTINGS**, choose **Brand & presets**. 2. The screen opens with the **Plan** card, then **Brand kits**, the badge setting and **Presets**. 3. Use **← Back to workspace** to return. ## Read the Plan card The **Plan** card shows which plan this workspace has: - **Pro**: brand kits, presets and badge removal are on. - **FunnelCreative Commercial**: the FunnelCreative look, with the badge on published pages. - **No active FunnelCreative service on this workspace.** It also lists this workspace’s current allowances: **Live funnels**, **Stored drafts**, **AI units a month** and **Brand kits**. These numbers aren’t final yet, and the card says so: **Limits are the current plan proposals and may change before launch.** Check the card for your own current numbers. The **Custom domains** row starts with **Not available yet**. Pages publish to a FunnelCreative web address. See [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md). ## Create a brand kit 1. Under **Brand kits**, click **New brand kit**. The kit editor opens with three live previews beside it. 2. Type a **Kit name**. It is a label for you, up to 60 characters: **A label for you. Pages never show it: they show each funnel’s own business name.** 3. Under **Colours**, set the four colours. Use the colour picker, or type a hex value such as #1F6F5C. - **Primary**: buttons with white text, heading accents and numerals. - **Accent**: a bright highlight for pills and buttons on dark bands. - **Text (ink)**: body text and the dark bands. - **Page background**: the light page colour. Cards stay white. 4. Choose a **Heading font** and a **Body font**. See [Fonts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#fonts). 5. Set **Button corners** with the slider, from 0 px (square) to 28 px (round). The label shows the current value, for example “Button corners: 8px”. 6. Optionally add a logo. See [Add a logo](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#add-a-logo). 7. Check the contrast checker. See [Readable colours](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#readable-colours). 8. Look at the previews, labelled **Launch**, **Editorial** and **Service**. They show a sample page in each of the three page styles, drawn exactly as a published page with this kit would be. 9. Click **Save kit**. The screen confirms **Saved “”.** Click **Close** to leave without saving. The three preview names match the page styles you pick in the editor: - Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) ### Fonts You choose from five fonts. Published pages never load fonts from anywhere else. - **Manrope (FunnelCreative, bundled)** - **System sans-serif** - **Humanist sans-serif (Seravek, Calibri…)** - **Classic serif (Charter, Georgia…)** - **Rounded sans-serif (system rounded)** The system options use fonts already on the visitor’s device, so they can look slightly different from one device to another. ### Add a logo 1. Under **Logo (optional)**, click **Upload logo** (or **Replace logo** to change it). Until you add one, the logo area reads **Business name shown as text**. 2. The screen shows **Uploading logo…**, then **Logo uploaded. Save the kit to keep it.** 3. Your logo appears beside the funnel’s business name. If your logo already contains your name, tick **Logo includes my name**. The page header then shows the logo only. The footer and the consent line still show your business name as text. 4. Click **Remove** to take the logo off the kit. 5. Click **Save kit**. The logo’s description for screen readers is the funnel’s business name. Logo rules: - PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF. SVG files aren’t accepted: **Logos must be PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF (SVG files are downloads only).** - At most 150 KB: **That logo is over 150 KB. Export a smaller PNG or WebP (about 480 px wide is plenty).** ### Readable colours The contrast checker tests every pair of text and background colours the three page styles draw, against the WCAG AA standard. Text needs a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1. Form field borders need at least 3:1. - When every pair passes, the checker says **Contrast: every pair passes WCAG AA**. - When some pairs fail, it counts them and marks each failing pair with the ratio it needs, for example “needs 4.5:1”. A kit that fails can’t be saved as it is, and **Save kit** is greyed out. You have three choices: 1. Change the colours yourself until every pair passes. 2. Read the **Suggested fix** (the previews already show it) and click **Use suggested colours**. The suggestion changes as few colours as it can, and says why for each one. 3. Click **Save with automatic fixes**. The kit saves with the suggested colours, and the screen lists each change it made. If no automatic fix exists, the screen says **These colours cannot be made readable automatically. Choose a lighter page background or darker text.** Nothing that fails WCAG AA reaches a published page. ### Edit, archive and manage kits Each kit in the list shows its four colours and its name. The workspace default is marked **· default**. - **Edit** opens the kit in the editor. Members and viewers see **View** instead, and the editor says **Only owners and admins can edit brand kits. This is a read-only view.** - **Make default** makes the kit the workspace default: “ is now the default kit. It applies from the next publish.” - **Archive** removes the kit straight away. There is no confirmation and no way to undo it in the app. An archived kit stops being the default and is taken off any funnel that used it. Those funnels use the default kit, or the FunnelCreative look, from their next publish. The number of kits you can keep is the **Brand kits** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). When you reach it, **New brand kit** is greyed out. Archive a kit to make room. ## Apply a kit to a funnel Every funnel uses the workspace default kit unless you choose another one for it. 1. Under **Apply a kit to a funnel**, choose the **Funnel** (**Choose a funnel…**). 2. Choose the **Kit**, or **Workspace default**. 3. Click **Apply kit**. The screen confirms which kit the funnel uses from its next publish. This card appears once you have at least one kit. ## When your kit shows - A kit reaches a page when you publish it. Pages that are already live keep their current look until you publish them again. - The editor preview never shows your kit. It always shows the FunnelCreative look. Use the previews on **Brand & presets** to see your kit, then publish to put it live. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). - A funnel’s own kit wins over the workspace default. ## The “Made with FunnelCreative” badge Published pages show a small “Made with FunnelCreative” line at the very bottom. It is part of the page itself. On **Pro**, owners and admins can hide it: 1. Find the badge card on **Brand & presets**. 2. Tick **Hide the badge on published pages**. The screen confirms **The badge will be hidden from your next publish.** 3. Publish each live funnel again for the change to reach it. The card always tells you what your next publish will do, for example “Next publish: badge hidden.”, followed by **Pages already live keep their current version until you publish again.** The badge never shows in the editor preview. It shows on published pages. On **FunnelCreative Commercial**, the tick box is greyed out and the card says **Hiding it is a Pro feature.** Members and viewers see **Only owners and admins can change this.** ## Presets A preset saves a funnel’s structure so you can start new campaigns from it. It is the way to copy a funnel into a new one. ### What a preset keeps and what it never keeps The screen says: **A preset keeps the recipe, layout family, kit and your section copy. It never keeps your facts (business name, prices, dates become placeholders you fill in again), testimonials, email drafts or leads.** In more detail: - Kept: the recipe, the page style, the kit, the sections and their order, your section copy and your form questions. - Never kept: your business facts, your original brief, your email drafts, your leads, and which uploaded image or file each section uses. - Wherever one of your business facts appears in your copy, such as your business name, a price or a date you entered as a fact, the preset puts a placeholder instead, like `{{fact:business-name}}`. Words you typed that aren’t one of your facts stay as they are. ### Save a preset 1. Under **Presets**, choose the **Funnel** (**Choose a funnel…**). 2. Type a **Preset name** (up to 80 characters). 3. Click **Save as preset**. The screen confirms **Saved preset “”.** ### Start a new funnel from a preset 1. In the preset list, click **New funnel from preset**. 2. The new funnel opens in the editor, named after the preset. 3. Confirm its facts on **Business facts**. See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). 4. Check every section. Replace or remove the placeholders, and choose each image (and any download file) again from **Your uploaded images** or **Your uploaded files**. A placeholder or an image slot with no file attached stops the page from publishing. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). 5. The new funnel has no email drafts, so write your own follow-ups. The new funnel uses the preset’s kit while your plan includes brand kits and the kit still exists. It counts toward your stored-funnel allowance like any other funnel. If the workspace is full, you see **This workspace already holds as many funnels as your plan stores. Archive a funnel you no longer need, then try again. Nothing was created.** The app has no button to archive a funnel in this release, so you can’t make room this way. See [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ### Archive a preset Owners and admins can click **Archive** on a preset. There is no confirmation and no way to undo it in the app. Funnels already made from it are not affected. ## On FunnelCreative Commercial - Your pages use the FunnelCreative look and show the badge. - The **Brand kits** card is marked **Pro feature**. Click **Try the kit editor** to try colours, fonts and corners with the live previews. You can’t save the kit or upload a logo: **Saving brand kits is a Pro feature. You can try colours and fonts here.** - The badge tick box is greyed out. - The **Presets** card is marked **Pro feature**. - The **Brand kits** and **Presets** cards note: **Included with FunnelCreative Pro. Your current plan keeps everything you already made.** ## If your workspace no longer has Pro Nothing you made is deleted. - Your kits stay listed, marked **· kept, not applied on your current plan**. You can view them but not edit them. - New publishes use the FunnelCreative look and show the badge again, whatever the badge setting says. - Your presets stay listed, but you can’t save or use them. ## Limits - Brand kits: the **Brand kits** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). - Kit name: up to 60 characters. Preset name: up to 80 characters. - Four colours, five fonts, button corners from 0 to 28 px. - Logo: PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF, at most 150 KB. - Every kit must pass WCAG AA contrast. - Kits, the default kit and the badge setting reach a page from its next publish. - The editor preview never shows your kit or the badge. ## If something goes wrong - **Not saved: some text would be hard to read. Use the suggested colours or “Save with automatic fixes”.** Follow [Readable colours](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#readable-colours). - **Not saved: this plan’s brand-kit limit is reached. Archive a kit first.** - **Not saved: brand kits are a Pro feature on this workspace’s plan.** - **That is a Pro feature on this workspace’s plan.** The workspace doesn’t have Pro. - My live page still looks the same: publish it again. Kits and the badge setting apply from the next publish. - Other problems: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md) - [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md) - [Accessibility of your published pages](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/accessibility.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault # Campaign Vault: install and use a pack > Browse the Campaign Vault packs, install one as a new funnel, fill in its blanks, use its email drafts, ad angles, checklist and outline, and publish it. Applies to: Campaign Vault · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault ## Who can do this - Anyone signed in can look at the gallery. - Installing a pack, and reading its emails, ads, outline and checklist, needs Campaign Vault on the workspace. Owners, admins and members can install. Viewers can’t. - Publishing an installed pack needs FunnelCreative Commercial on the workspace as well. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## What a pack contains Campaign Vault has 25 packs, five for each audience. Each pack is a finished campaign you make your own: - a landing page with one form, and a thank-you page - five follow-up email drafts - three ad angles (ad copy drafts) - a lead-magnet outline - a setup checklist - labelled blanks wherever your own details go Like every funnel, a pack collects an enquiry. Packs contain no testimonials, reviews, results or statistics, and a pack’s pages have no testimonials section. Every pack is listed, with its forms, email subjects and ad angles, in the [Campaign Vault pack reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/vault-packs.md). ## Browse the gallery 1. In the sidebar, under **CREATE & EXPLORE**, click **Campaign Vault**. 2. The screen is headed “Ready-made campaigns.” 3. To narrow the list, use the filter buttons: **All packs**, **Courses**, **Software**, **Ecommerce**, **Coaching** or **Services**. The line under the buttons shows how many packs are listed, for example “N packs for courses”. Each card shows: - a preview picture of the landing page, filled in for a made-up business - the audience, and **Download pack** on the 6 packs that hand a file to visitors - the pack’s name and summary - **What the form does.** and what the form collects - **What’s included**: the two pages, the email drafts, the ad angles, the outline and the number of checklist steps - **Honest notes** Every card carries the same honest notes: > “Drafts, not sending: the five emails and three ad angles are copy for you to use in your own email and ad tools. FunnelCreative doesn’t send them.” > > “The preview shows a made-up example business. Your page starts with labelled blanks for your own details.” Download packs add a third note: > “Download packs need your own file: the pack gives you an outline, and the page can’t publish until you upload the file you made.” The gallery has no search and no sorting. The preview picture is the only preview; you can’t open a pack’s page before you install it. ### Without Campaign Vault on this workspace If this workspace doesn’t have Campaign Vault, the gallery shows a note headed **Previews only on this workspace**. You can read every card, but each card says **Installing needs Campaign Vault.** instead of an **Install** button. A pack’s emails, ads, outline and checklist are only shown on a funnel after you install the pack, so they aren’t available on this workspace. If you have Campaign Vault on another of your workspaces, the **Install** buttons still appear here. The install step then lets you choose that workspace. ### When you’re signed out The gallery says **Sign in to see the Campaign Vault packs for your workspace.** Click **Sign in**. See [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md). ## Install a pack 1. On a pack’s card, click **Install**. 2. A dialog opens: **Install “”**. It tells you which revision of the pack you get. 3. Under **Choose the workspace it goes into**, pick a workspace. Each one says what you can do there: - **Install, edit and publish here.** - **Install and edit here. Publishing needs hosting.** - **Campaign Vault isn’t on this workspace, or your role can’t install here.** You can’t choose this one. 4. If you pick a workspace other than the one you are in, the dialog says **You’ll switch to to open the new funnel.** 5. Click **Install pack**. It shows **Installing…** while it works. To stop, click **Cancel**. The new funnel opens on its **Business facts** tab, in the workspace you chose. ### What installing does - Every install makes a new funnel. A pack never changes a funnel you already have. - Installing the same pack twice gives you two separate funnels. - The new funnel is named after the pack. - Nothing is published. - The funnel counts toward the funnels your workspace stores, but an install is never refused because of that allowance. ## Fill in the blanks The pack leaves a labelled blank wherever your business goes, such as your business name. On an installed pack, the **Business facts** tab is headed **Fill in the blanks.** The tab’s badge shows how many blanks are left. 1. For each blank, type your own value in the box. The box’s label names the blank, and each open blank says **Not confirmed yet**. 2. Click **Confirm N facts**. It shows **Confirming…** while it works. The screen then says how many facts were confirmed, for example “2 facts confirmed and written into your page and email drafts.” Each confirmed blank then shows its value and **Confirmed**. You can confirm some blanks now and the rest later. When every blank is done, the tab says **Every fact is confirmed. Change the wording in Page design or Email drafts.** ### Start from the example facts If you’re not sure what to write, click **Use the example facts as a starting point**. The boxes fill with the made-up business’s details, and each unchanged value is marked **· example value**. Replace every example value with your own before you confirm. FunnelCreative doesn’t check whether you changed them, so a confirmed example value goes onto your page as it is. ### After you confirm - Confirming writes the value into your page and email drafts. After that, you change the wording on the **Page design** or **Email drafts** tab, not here. - Every confirm saves a new version of the funnel. You can restore an earlier one from [version history](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#version-history). - The **Confirm N facts** button waits until your latest edits are saved. Meanwhile it says **Saving your latest edits first…** - While some blanks are still empty, the tab says **N still blank. The page can’t publish until every blank is confirmed.** When every blank has a value but some aren’t confirmed yet, it says **Every blank has a value.** Publishing still waits until each one is confirmed. The pack’s ad angles, checklist and outline use the value you confirmed. If you reword your page later, they keep the confirmed value. ## Edit an installed pack An installed pack is a normal funnel. Its tabs are **Page design**, **Business facts**, **Funnel journey**, **Email drafts**, **Ad angles**, **Launch setup**, **Leads** and **Analytics**. - Edit the pages on **Page design**. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). - Every change saves to your workspace, and you can undo or restore versions. See [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md). - **Funnel journey** shows the planned journey of the recipe the pack is built on. Steps after the first are marked **Planned** and aren’t part of the pack. See [Planned steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md#planned-steps). With Campaign Vault alone, you can edit a funnel you installed from a pack. You can’t upload images or files, and you can’t edit funnels that didn’t come from a pack. ## Pack email drafts Every pack has five email drafts on the **Email drafts** tab. Each has a suggested timing that ends “draft to send manually or via your email tool”. - Edit them like any email draft, then copy or download each one into your own email tool. FunnelCreative doesn’t send them. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Some drafts contain a line in square brackets that starts `[Add`, for a detail you only know when the email goes out, such as a date or a link. Replace it before you use the draft. - Confirmed facts are written into the drafts. A blank you haven’t confirmed stops the funnel from publishing, wherever it appears. ## Ad angles A funnel installed from a pack has an **Ad angles** tab, headed **Ad angles.** It holds three ways into the campaign, written as ad copy drafts. 1. Open the **Ad angles** tab. 2. Each angle is numbered, for example “01 · ”, and shows **Headline**, **Text** and **Button**. 3. Click **Copy text** to copy the angle. The screen says **Copied. Paste it into your ad tool.** 4. Or click **Download .txt** to save it as a text file. Each angle is marked **Draft · not placed**. FunnelCreative doesn’t place, run or pay for ads: you paste the copy into your own ad account. - A blank you haven’t confirmed shows as its label in square brackets. - The downloaded file is named after your funnel, for example `my-funnel-ad-1.txt`, and ends with a line saying it is a draft. - If your browser blocks copying, the screen says **Your browser didn’t allow copying. Download the .txt file instead.** ## Setup checklist and lead-magnet outline On an installed pack, the top of the **Launch setup** tab shows: - **Setup checklist.** with the pack name and revision, then numbered steps to work through before you publish. The list is for reading; it has no tick boxes and doesn’t save progress. - **Lead-magnet outline: **. It starts with **Outline — you create the asset**, then the format, the purpose, and the headings and points to cover. The outline is a plan, not a file. You make the lead magnet yourself. For a pack that isn’t a download pack, nothing on the page offers the lead magnet to visitors; you share it with your leads yourself if you wish. ## Publish an installed pack 1. Confirm every blank on **Business facts**. Until then, **Launch setup** lists **Business facts** with **Still needed:** and the blanks left, plus a **Confirm facts** button. 2. On **Launch setup**, clear the other launch checks, choose a web address and publish, as for any funnel. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). Publishing needs FunnelCreative Commercial on the workspace. Without it, **Launch setup** shows **Publishing needs hosting** and **Publishing needs a FunnelCreative plan that includes hosting. Everything already in this workspace, including installed Campaign Vault packs, stays here.** The launch checks still run, so you can get the page ready. Once published, visitors who send the form become leads in your lead inbox. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ## Download packs 6 packs are download packs. After a visitor sends the form, their thank-you page offers a file to download. The pack doesn’t include the file: you make it, using the outline, and upload it. ### Attach the file 1. Make your file as a PDF or an image (PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF). 2. On **Launch setup**, the launch checks list **File · <label>** with **No file is attached yet. Upload it (or choose one you’ve uploaded) before publishing.** Click **Attach the file**. 3. The **Download** section opens on **Page design**, at **File to download**. 4. Use **Upload the file** (PDF or image). Or pick a file you uploaded before under **Your uploaded files** (**Choose a file…**) and click **Use this file**. 5. The section shows the file name and **Attached. It’s offered from the next publish.** To change the file later, use **Upload a replacement** (PDF or image), or choose another file and click **Replace with this file**. See [Attach the file for a download section](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md#download-file). Uploading a file needs FunnelCreative Commercial. The largest file you can upload is stated in the message an upload shows when a file is too large. ### What visitors get - After sending the form, the visitor’s thank-you page says **Your download is ready below.** with a button to download your file. - The download link works for 30 minutes, only for that visitor, and only for the version of the page they used. - Nothing is emailed. The thank-you page is the only place the file is offered. - Someone who opens the thank-you page directly, without sending the form, sees **Please use the form above** and gets no file. - If you replace the file on a live funnel, visitors keep getting the old file until you publish again. ## Pack revisions and updates Each installed funnel is pinned to the pack revision it came from. The install dialog and the checklist heading on **Launch setup** name the revision. The [Campaign Vault pack reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/vault-packs.md) lists each pack’s current revision. If a newer revision of your pack exists, **Launch setup** shows **Update available · <pack id> revision N**, where the pack id is a short lowercase name, for example “Update available · cohort-application revision 2”. 1. Review each change. Each row names the field, shows the current text struck through and the updated text after it (screen readers announce them as “Now” and “In the update”), and has a status: - **You haven’t changed this**: you can take this change. - **You changed this: kept** - **Locked: kept** - **Already the same** - **New section: not added** - **Removed in the update: kept** 2. Tick the changes you want. You can only tick changes to text you haven’t touched. 3. Click the button that takes them. It reads, for example, “Take 2 selected changes”. If you don’t want any, click **Keep everything as it is**, or **Mark this update as reviewed** when there is nothing to take. Either way, your funnel moves to the new revision and a new version is saved, which you can restore from. The screen confirms how many changes were taken, and adds **Everything else is as you had it.** - Updates are never applied on their own. - Text you edited and sections you locked are always kept. - Restoring an older version never moves your funnel back to an older revision. - If your pack has no newer revision, this section doesn’t appear. ## If you only bought Campaign Vault Campaign Vault works without FunnelCreative Commercial. On a workspace with Campaign Vault only, you can: - browse and install every pack - fill in the blanks and edit the installed funnels, their pages and email drafts - use version history and restore - read the ad angles, setup checklist and lead-magnet outline You can’t: - start a funnel from a recipe. **Create a funnel** and **Recipe library** say **Your account includes Campaign Vault, so you can install a pack and edit it here. Starting a funnel from a recipe needs FunnelCreative.** - upload images or files - publish, so no leads are collected - use AI writing The gallery says **You can install and edit every pack here.** followed by the hosting note. To publish, the workspace needs FunnelCreative Commercial. ## Limits - 25 packs, five for each audience. 6 of them are download packs. - Each pack: two pages, five email drafts, three ad angles, one outline and one checklist. - Packs never send emails, place ads or include a file. - Download links work for 30 minutes after the form is sent. - Largest download file: stated in the message an upload shows when a file is too large. - Publishing needs FunnelCreative Commercial. ## If something goes wrong - **We couldn’t load the Campaign Vault**: click **Try again**. - **That workspace can’t receive Campaign Vault packs. Nothing was installed.** Choose a workspace that has Campaign Vault. - **The pack was installed, but we couldn’t switch to that workspace. Switch to it from the menu to open the new funnel.** Use the workspace menu at the top of the sidebar. See [Switch workspace](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md#workspaces). - **Your role in this workspace can’t install packs.** Ask the workspace owner to change your role to Member or Admin. - **This funnel changed since you opened it. We loaded the latest version; nothing was saved. Check it and try again.** Someone saved the funnel in another tab. Check the blanks and confirm again. - **No file attached yet, so this funnel can’t be published.** Attach your file as described in [Download packs](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#download-packs). - **Downloads must be a PDF or a PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF image.** Save your file in one of those formats. - **Download files can’t be delivered here yet: the download signing key for this environment has not been added.** This server isn’t set up to hand out download files, so a download pack can’t be published here. - A visitor says their download link doesn’t work: the link has run out or they opened it later. The page says “This download link is not valid or has expired. Please send the form again.” They can send the form again to get a new link. - **This pack revision isn’t available on this server any more, so its ad angles can’t be shown.** The funnel itself is unaffected. See [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md) for more. ## Related - [Campaign Vault pack reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/vault-packs.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md) - [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md) - [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles # Your team: members, roles and workspaces > Add teammates to your workspace with a role, change or remove them, and switch between the workspaces you belong to. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro, Campaign Vault · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles ## Who can do this - Everyone in a workspace can see its member list. - The owner and admins can add and remove people. Admins can only add and remove members and viewers. - Only the owner can change someone’s role. Your team works under the workspace’s plan. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## The four roles Every person in a workspace has one role: - **Owner**: the account the workspace belongs to. There is one owner, and ownership can’t be passed to someone else. - **Admin**: everything a member can do, plus adding and removing members and viewers, exporting data, deleting leads and editing brand kits. - **Member**: creates, edits and publishes funnels, and works the lead inbox. A member can’t export or delete leads, export data or add people. - **Viewer**: reads funnels, publishing status and analytics. A viewer never sees leads. When you pick a role in the invite form, the form describes it in one line, for example **Viewer: reads funnels, publishing status and analytics. Never sees leads.** | What you can do | Who can do it | |---|---| | See funnels, versions and what is live | Owner, Admin, Member, Viewer | | Create a funnel | Owner, Admin, Member | | Edit a funnel | Owner, Admin, Member | | Publish or roll back a funnel | Owner, Admin, Member | | Unpublish a funnel | Owner, Admin, Member | | See leads | Owner, Admin, Member | | Change a lead’s status or notes | Owner, Admin, Member | | Delete a lead | Owner, Admin | | Export leads as CSV | Owner, Admin | | Invite a teammate | Owner, Admin | | Change someone’s role | Owner | | Remove a teammate | Owner, Admin | | Edit a brand kit | Owner, Admin | | Save a preset | Owner, Admin, Member | | Install a Campaign Vault pack | Owner, Admin, Member | | Delete the workspace | Owner | A viewer who opens a funnel’s **Leads** tab or **All leads** sees **Viewers can’t see leads: they’re your visitors’ personal details.** Leads hold your visitors’ names, email addresses and answers, so only owners, admins and members can open them. See [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md). FunnelCreative checks every action on the server as well as in the app. If your role doesn’t allow something, the app says **Your role in this workspace can’t do that.** (on the **Members** card it adds “Nothing changed.”) ## Open the member list 1. In the sidebar, under **SETTINGS**, click **Account & data**. 2. The first card is **Members of <workspace>**. It lists each person’s email address and role. Next to a name you may see: - **· you**: that is your own membership. - **· hasn’t signed in yet**: the person was added but hasn’t signed in since. ## Invite a teammate 1. On **Members of <workspace>**, click **Invite a teammate**. 2. Type their address under **Email address**. 3. Choose a **Role**. The owner can choose **Admin**, **Member** or **Viewer**. An admin can choose **Member** or **Viewer**. 4. Click **Send invite**. To stop, click **Cancel**. The card then says **<email> can now sign in to <workspace> as <role>. No email was sent: tell them to sign in with this address.** > Note: FunnelCreative doesn’t email your teammate. Tell them yourself that they have been added, and which email address to use. ### What your teammate does 1. They go to [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) and sign in with the address you added. See [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md). 2. After signing in, they land in their own workspace, not yours. If that workspace has no plan, they see **Your account doesn’t include FunnelCreative funnels yet. Drafts you make are saved in this browser.** 3. They open the workspace menu at the top of the sidebar and choose your workspace under **Your workspaces**. Every sign-in starts in the person’s own workspace, so they switch to yours each time they sign in. ## Change someone’s role Only the owner can do this. 1. On **Members of <workspace>**, find the person. 2. Choose the new role in the list next to their name. 3. Click **Change role**. The card says **<email> is now <role>.** You can’t change the owner’s role or your own role: the role list doesn’t appear next to those names. ## Remove someone 1. On **Members of <workspace>**, click **Remove** next to the person. 2. The card asks **Remove <email>?**. Click **Remove** to confirm, or **Cancel**. The card says **<email> was removed from <workspace>.** The person can no longer open this workspace. Their own account and their own workspace are not touched. - The owner can remove anyone except the owner. - An admin can remove members and viewers, but not another admin or the owner: **Remove** doesn’t appear next to them. - Nobody can remove themselves here. **The owner can’t be removed.** ## Workspaces and the workspace switcher A workspace holds funnels, leads, brand settings and a team. Every account has one workspace of its own. It is set up with your first purchase or sign-in and is called **My workspace**. You get access to other workspaces only when their owner or an admin adds you. ### Switch workspace 1. At the top of the sidebar, click the workspace name. Under it you see your role there and your email address. 2. The menu **Your workspaces** lists every workspace you belong to, with your role in each. The one you are in is marked **· current**. 3. Click another workspace. It shows **Opening…** while it works. The app reopens on **My funnels** in that workspace. Every screen then shows that workspace’s funnels, leads and settings. If a funnel has changes that haven’t reached the workspace yet, the app first asks **Some changes haven’t been saved to your workspace yet. Switch workspace anyway?** ### What you can’t do with workspaces - You can’t create another workspace. - You can’t rename a workspace. - You can’t move a plan from one workspace to another. - You can’t hand the owner role to someone else. ## Limits - One owner per workspace. Ownership can’t move. - Roles you can give: **Admin**, **Member** and **Viewer**. - Adding someone sends no email. - Viewers never see leads. ## If something goes wrong - **The invitation wasn’t saved.** followed by **Something went wrong on our side. Nothing was changed; try again.** This also appears when the address is already a member of the workspace. Check the member list first. - **We couldn’t open that workspace. Nothing changed; try again.** The switch didn’t happen. Try again, or reload the page. - Your teammate can’t see your funnels: they are probably still in their own workspace. Ask them to switch to yours from the workspace menu. - Your teammate gets no sign-in email: check they typed the exact address you added. See [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) - [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md) - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md) - [Screen map: every screen, tab and button](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/app-map.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data # Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account > Download everything in a workspace as one file, erase a visitor’s details when they ask, and close your account with a cooling-off period you can cancel. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data ## Who can do this - **Export your data**: the owner or an admin of the workspace. - Deleting a lead: the owner or an admin. - **Close your account**: anyone, for their own account. Everything on this page is in **Account & data**. In the sidebar, under **SETTINGS**, click **Account & data**. Use **← Back to workspace** to return. The same screen also holds **Members of <workspace>**. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## Export your data The export is one file with everything in the workspace you are in now. 1. Make sure you are in the workspace you want to export. The workspace name is at the top of the sidebar. See [Switch workspace](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md#workspaces). 2. Open **Account & data** and find **Export your data**. 3. Click **Prepare export**. The button shows **Preparing…**, and the screen says **Preparing your export. This usually takes a few seconds.** The screen checks again on its own while you wait. 4. When it is done, the screen says **Your export is ready to download.** The export’s row shows **Ready · <size> · available until <date>**. 5. Click **Download**. Your browser saves a file named `funnelcreative-export-YYYY-MM-DD.json`. ### What the file contains - every funnel in the workspace, with each saved version (in a very large workspace, older versions’ contents may be left out to keep the file a manageable size, and the file says when this happens) - your business facts and email drafts - your leads, as a spreadsheet-safe CSV inside the file - a list of your uploaded images and files The images and files themselves are not in the file, only their list. > Note: The file includes your visitors’ answers. Keep it somewhere safe. ### Export limits - One export covers one workspace: the one you are in. - You can prepare three exports a day for each workspace. - Only one export can be prepared at a time. - Each export stays downloadable for the number of days shown under **Export your data** (**Settings → Account & data**). After that its row shows **Expired**. Prepare a new one. - Every lead is included. There is no row limit. ## Delete a visitor’s details when they ask If a visitor asks you to delete their details: 1. Open your lead inbox: a funnel’s **Leads** tab, or **All leads** on **My funnels**. 2. Type their email address in **Search**. 3. Open the lead and click **Delete this lead**. 4. Confirm with **Delete lead**. The screen says **Lead deleted. Their answers, consent record and notes were erased.** Your analytics keep only the anonymous count of submissions. > Limit: Deleting a lead can’t be undone. If you need a record that you honoured the request, export first. The export shows the lead only until you delete it. Only owners and admins can delete leads. A member who tries sees **Only owners and admins can delete leads.** See [Delete a lead](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#delete-a-lead). ## Close your account Closing your account closes your sign-in and deletes every workspace you own, after a cooling-off period. Workspaces you were invited to keep their own data; you are removed from them. 1. Open **Account & data** and find **Close your account**. 2. Read the card. It says how many days the cooling-off lasts. 3. Type `DELETE` in the box labelled “Type DELETE to confirm”. The button stays greyed out until the word matches exactly, in capitals. 4. Click **Close account**. The screen says **Your account is scheduled to close. Your published pages are offline now.** ### What happens next - Every published page in the workspaces you own goes offline at once. Visitors get “not found”. - Nothing in those workspaces can be published, republished or rolled back until you cancel. - The card shows “Your account is scheduled for deletion on <date>.” It adds that its published pages are already offline, and that until that date you can change your mind. - The cooling-off lasts the number of days shown under **Close your account** (**Settings → Account & data**). Until the date on the card you can still sign in and download an export. - On that date, everything in the workspaces you own is deleted for good: funnels, versions, leads, images and files. Your sign-in stops working. - Your purchase records stay, for JVZoo reconciliation and tax, with your email address replaced by a one-way code. - If you buy FunnelCreative again later with the same email address, you start a new, empty account. Nothing from the closed account comes back. ### Cancel the deletion 1. Open **Account & data**. The **Close your account** card shows the scheduled date. 2. Click **Cancel deletion**. The screen says **Deletion cancelled. Nothing was deleted. Republish your funnels from their Publish tab when you are ready.** Cancelling doesn’t put any page back online. Open each funnel you want live again, go to its **Launch setup** tab and publish it. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). Once the deletion has started, the card shows **Deletion is in progress.** and it can’t be cancelled. ### Teammates during a deletion While a workspace is waiting to be deleted, a teammate who tries to publish sees **This workspace is scheduled for deletion** and **While the deletion is pending no page can go live, and nothing was changed. Only the workspace owner can cancel it, in Settings → Account.** ### Delete this workspace In a workspace that isn’t your own first workspace, such as a teammate’s, **Account & data** also shows a **Delete this workspace** card. Only the workspace’s owner can use it: they type `DELETE` and click **Delete workspace**. Everyone else sees **Only the workspace owner can delete it.** ## How long we keep things The **How long we keep things** card on **Account & data** lists these periods: - **Funnels, versions, images**: **Until you delete them**. - **Leads**: **Until you delete them**. - **Data exports**: the number of days shown under **Export your data** (**Settings → Account & data**). - **Sign-in sessions**: the **Sign-in sessions** line under **How long we keep things** (**Settings → Account & data**). - **Security log**: the **Security log** line under **How long we keep things** (**Settings → Account & data**). Purchase and access records are the exception: they are kept after an account closes, as described in [Close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md#close-your-account). The card notes: **These periods are being finalised before launch.** The card on your screen always shows the current values. ## Support, privacy and terms The **contact support** and **privacy** links on this screen open [Support](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/support) and [Privacy](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/privacy). These pages, and [Terms](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/terms), are placeholders in this preview. Each is marked **Placeholder · not approved for launch** and is not a policy or a support commitment. ## Limits - Exports: three a day for each workspace, one workspace at a time. - Exports list your uploaded files but don’t include them. - Deleting a lead can’t be undone. - Only the owner or an admin can export data or delete leads. - Closing your account can be cancelled only until the scheduled date, and cancelling doesn’t republish anything. ## If something goes wrong - **You can prepare three exports a day. Try again tomorrow, or download the one you already have.** You have reached today’s limit for this workspace. - **That export has expired. Prepare a new one.** Click **Prepare export** again. - **The download did not start. Reload the page and try again.** - **Could not be prepared**: the export failed. Click **Prepare export** again. - **Only the workspace owner or an admin can export its data.** Ask the owner or an admin of the workspace. - **This workspace is scheduled for deletion** with **While the deletion is pending no page can go live, and nothing was changed. To publish again, cancel the deletion in Settings → Account.** Cancel the deletion on **Account & data**, then publish. See [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md) for more. ## Related - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md) - [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md) - [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md) - [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts # Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts > Try FunnelCreative without an account using drafts saved in your browser, then import them into your workspace when you sign in. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts ## Who can do this - Browser drafts: anyone. You don’t need an account. - Importing browser drafts: an owner, admin or member of a workspace that includes FunnelCreative Commercial. Viewers don’t see the import panel. ## Work without signing in You can open [the workspace](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app) without signing in. Pick a recipe on the Create screen and FunnelCreative makes a browser draft: a funnel saved in this browser only. The sidebar shows **Your creative space**, and **My funnels** says **Your drafts are saved in this browser, ready when you are.** Browser drafts save as you type. The editor heading shows **Saved on this device** and **Unpublished draft**. ### What you can do in a browser draft - Edit the basics on the **Page design** tab: **Funnel name**, **Business name**, **Headline**, **Introduction**, **Button text**, **Page style** and **Your original brief**. - Preview the page on a desktop or phone view. - Confirm your facts on the **Business facts** tab. They are saved with the draft in this browser. - Look at the recipe’s planned journey on the **Funnel journey** tab. - Read the recipe’s sample email drafts on the **Email drafts** tab. Each is marked **Sample draft** and **Draft only · no email is sent**. You can’t edit them until the funnel is in a workspace. ### What you can’t do in a browser draft - Edit sections other than the basics, edit the form, or add images. - Use undo, redo or version history. - Publish, collect leads or see analytics. - Write with AI. The **Write with AI** panel says **AI writing works on funnels saved to your workspace.** AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. Forms in the preview never collect anything. As the help panel says, **Forms in the editor preview don’t collect details; only a published page does.** To do any of these, sign in and import the draft into a workspace (see below). ### If this browser can’t save Some browsers, such as a private window, block saving. FunnelCreative then shows **Changes stay open here, but this browser can’t save them. Keep this tab open to retain your work.** The editor heading shows **Changes in this tab** instead of **Saved on this device**. Your work is lost when you close the tab. ### The Launch setup preview On a browser draft, the **Launch setup** tab is a preview headed **A good launch starts here.** It shows: - **Landing-page draft**, marked **Available**. - **Business facts**: confirmed, or **Still needed:** with the facts that are missing and a **Confirm facts** button. - A list of what the recipe’s full journey would need, each marked **Required** or **Optional**. - **Publishing works on workspace funnels.**, with a note that publishing, lead collection and AI writing aren’t available for a draft saved in this browser. The list of needs describes the recipe’s whole planned journey, not features you can use. Items such as **Checkout & orders**, **Course platform** or **Email delivery** are not part of FunnelCreative: they are steps you would handle in your own tools. See [Planned steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md#planned-steps). ## Import your browser drafts When you sign in, you can move your browser drafts into your workspace. Nothing moves until you ask, and the copies in your browser are never deleted. 1. Sign in, then open [My funnels](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/app/funnels). If this browser holds drafts, a panel shows how many (for example “2 drafts in this browser”) and says **They’re saved on this device only. Import them into <workspace> to keep them with your account. Your browser copies stay.** 2. Click **Import my browser drafts**. While FunnelCreative checks, you see **Checking your drafts…**. 3. A preview lists every draft with what would happen to it. Nothing has been imported yet. Each draft is marked: - **Will be imported**: it is new to this workspace. - **Already in your workspace**: you imported it before. The note says **Same as the imported copy.** or **Changed since it was imported; the workspace copy was kept.** - **Can’t be imported**: the note gives the reason. 4. Click **Import N drafts** to go ahead, or **Not now** to stop. If there is nothing new, the button reads **Nothing new to import**. 5. While it works, the panel says **Importing… keep this tab open.** 6. The panel changes to **Import finished** and lists each draft again. **Imported** drafts say **Now in your workspace.**, or **Confirmed facts came too.** when the draft’s facts came with it. Click **Open** next to an imported draft, or one that was already in your workspace, to open it there. A draft marked **Can’t be imported** has no **Open** button. 7. Click **Done**. You can also start an import from inside a browser draft. When you are signed in, the editor says **This draft is saved in this browser only.** with a link, **Import it into your workspace**, which takes you to My funnels. ### What an import does - It creates a workspace funnel from each draft, with the same name, business name, brief, copy and page style. - Facts travel with the draft and keep their state. Only confirmed facts count, and a confirmed promised next step sets the thank-you page. - It never publishes anything and never writes any copy. - The browser copies stay in this browser. Importing the same draft again doesn’t make a second copy. - If your connection drops during an import, try again. FunnelCreative repeats the first answer instead of importing twice. ## Limits - A browser holds at most 50 browser drafts. - Browser drafts are saved only in the browser you made them in. Another browser or device can’t see them. - Imported funnels count toward the funnels your workspace can store. For your workspace, see the **Stored drafts** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). A draft that doesn’t fit is marked **Can’t be imported** with the reason. ## If something goes wrong - **Import didn’t run**: the panel shows the reason. Click **Import my browser drafts** to try again. - **Confirm its facts again in the workspace.** The draft was imported, but its facts didn’t come with it. Open it and confirm them on the **Business facts** tab. - **This browser has 50 drafts. Open one from My funnels to keep creating.** Import or reuse an existing draft. - More help: see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Related - [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) - [How FunnelCreative works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works.md) - [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md) - [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes # Recipe reference > Every base recipe: who it is for, its page style, whether it collects enquiries, its form fields, promised next steps and email drafts. Applies to: FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes FunnelCreative has 10 base recipes. Each one gives you a landing page to edit, and the recipes with a form also give you a thank-you page. Every form collects an enquiry. No recipe takes a payment, books a time, enrols anyone or starts a trial. This page is generated from the recipe catalogue. The description under each name is the text on its card in the **Recipe library**. ## Webinar to course The course offer, checkout and access steps aren’t available yet: you get a workshop signup page that registers interest; nobody is enrolled or charged. - Recipe ID: `course` - Audiences: Courses, Coaching - Page style: Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Starter: Yes, one of the five recipes shown first on **Create a funnel** - Collects enquiries: Yes - Form fields: Your name (short text, required); Email address (email address, required) - Promised next steps it can use: - Interest registered: “Your interest has been registered. Nothing has been bought or booked.” - Email drafts: 5. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Workshop signup is the page you edit, and Confirmation is its thank-you page. The **Funnel journey** tab marks the other steps **Planned**; they are not built in this release: Workshop, Course offer, Checkout, Course access. ## Software trial to activation Trial signup and activation aren’t available yet: you get a product page that explains your software. - Recipe ID: `software` - Audiences: Software - Page style: Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Starter: Yes, one of the five recipes shown first on **Create a funnel** - Collects enquiries: No. This recipe has no form in this release, so it can’t be published or collect enquiries. To collect enquiries, use [Waitlist sign-ups](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md#waitlist) instead. - Email drafts: 3. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Product page is the page you edit. The **Funnel journey** tab marks the other steps **Planned**; they are not built in this release: Trial signup, First project, Activation. ## Product offer with optional upsell Checkout, the add-on and the order summary aren’t available yet: you get a product story page, and nothing can be bought on it. - Recipe ID: `commerce` - Audiences: Ecommerce - Page style: Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Starter: Yes, one of the five recipes shown first on **Create a funnel** - Collects enquiries: No. This recipe has no form in this release, so it can’t be published or collect enquiries. To collect enquiries, use [Waitlist sign-ups](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md#waitlist) instead. - Email drafts: 2. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Product offer is the page you edit. The **Funnel journey** tab marks the other steps **Planned**; they are not built in this release: Checkout, Optional add-on, Order summary. ## Application to discovery call Collect an application, review fit, then invite a discovery-call request. The card’s description names steps this recipe can’t do in this release: it makes a page with no form, so nothing is collected. - Recipe ID: `coaching` - Audiences: Coaching - Page style: Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) - Starter: Yes, one of the five recipes shown first on **Create a funnel** - Collects enquiries: No. This recipe has no form in this release, so it can’t be published or collect enquiries. To collect enquiries, use [Consultation enquiries](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md#consultations) instead. - Email drafts: 3. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Coaching offer is the page you edit. The **Funnel journey** tab marks the other steps **Planned**; they are not built in this release: Application, Human review, Time request, Next steps. ## Appointment requests Turn interest in your practice into appointment enquiries. - Recipe ID: `appointments` - Audiences: Services - Page style: Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Starter: Yes, one of the five recipes shown first on **Create a funnel** - Collects enquiries: Yes - Form fields: What would you like to enquire about? (choice, required); Preferred day or time (short text, optional); Your name (short text, required); Email address (email address, required) - Promised next steps it can use: - Request received: “Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order.” - Enquiry received: “Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for.” - Email drafts: 3. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Landing + enquiry is the page you edit, and Request received is its thank-you page. ## Quote requests Collect the project details you need to prepare a useful quote. - Recipe ID: `quotes` - Audiences: Services - Page style: Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) - Starter: No, find it under **Browse all 10 recipes** or in the **Recipe library** - Collects enquiries: Yes - Form fields: What does your project involve? (choice, required); Property suburb (short text, required); A little about the project (long text, required); Your name (short text, required); Email address (email address, required) - Promised next steps it can use: - Request received: “Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order.” - Enquiry received: “Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for.” - Email drafts: 3. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Landing + enquiry is the page you edit, and Request received is its thank-you page. ## Consultation enquiries Understand the business challenge before arranging a consultation. - Recipe ID: `consultations` - Audiences: Coaching, Services - Page style: Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) - Starter: No, find it under **Browse all 10 recipes** or in the **Recipe library** - Collects enquiries: Yes - Form fields: What would you like to explore? (choice, required); What would you like to improve? (long text, required); Your name (short text, required); Email address (email address, required) - Promised next steps it can use: - Request received: “Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order.” - Enquiry received: “Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for.” - Email drafts: 3. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Landing + enquiry is the page you edit, and Request received is its thank-you page. ## Membership enquiries Start membership conversations without requiring a payment or booking. - Recipe ID: `fitness` - Audiences: Services - Page style: Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Starter: No, find it under **Browse all 10 recipes** or in the **Recipe library** - Collects enquiries: Yes - Form fields: What are you interested in? (choice, required); Your goal or question (long text, optional); Your name (short text, required); Email address (email address, required) - Promised next steps it can use: - Request received: “Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order.” - Enquiry received: “Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for.” - Email drafts: 3. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Landing + enquiry is the page you edit, and Request received is its thank-you page. ## Table enquiries Gather date, time and party size before confirming a reservation. - Recipe ID: `restaurant` - Audiences: Services - Page style: Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Starter: No, find it under **Browse all 10 recipes** or in the **Recipe library** - Collects enquiries: Yes - Form fields: Preferred date (short text, required); Preferred time (short text, required); Party size (short text, required); Your name (short text, required); Email address (email address, required) - Promised next steps it can use: - Request received: “Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order.” - Enquiry received: “Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for.” - Email drafts: 3. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Landing + enquiry is the page you edit, and Request received is its thank-you page. ## Waitlist sign-ups Capture launch interest with a focused, low-friction email sign-up. - Recipe ID: `waitlist` - Audiences: Software, Courses, Ecommerce - Page style: Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Starter: No, find it under **Browse all 10 recipes** or in the **Recipe library** - Collects enquiries: Yes - Form fields: Email address (email address, required) - Promised next steps it can use: - On the waitlist: “You have joined the waitlist. No account or trial has been created.” - Request received: “Your demo request has been received. No time has been booked yet.” - Request received: “Your request has been received. Nothing has been bought or booked.” - Email drafts: 3. They contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which stop the funnel from publishing until you edit them out: see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - Funnel journey: Waitlist page is the page you edit, and Request received is its thank-you page. --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/vault-packs # Campaign Vault pack reference > Every Campaign Vault pack: its audience, revision, what its form collects, its pages, email drafts, ad angles, outline and blanks. Applies to: Campaign Vault · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/vault-packs Campaign Vault has 25 finished campaign packs, 6 of them download packs. Each pack is a landing page and a thank-you page, with email drafts, ad angles, a lead-magnet outline and a setup checklist. [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md) explains how to install one. This page is generated from the packs themselves. It lists what each pack contains, not its copy. ## Notes that apply to every pack - Drafts, not sending: the five emails and three ad angles are copy for you to use in your own email and ad tools. FunnelCreative doesn’t send them. - Download packs need your own file: the pack gives you an outline, and the page can’t publish until you upload the file you made. - The preview shows a made-up example business. Your page starts with labelled blanks for your own details. ## Workshop-interest signup Collect interest in a workshop before the date is set: an editorial page, five emails that keep the list warm until you announce, three ad angles and a pre-workshop worksheet outline. - Pack ID: `courses-workshop-interest` - Audience: Courses - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Workshop interest - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Your name; Email address; What do you most want to get out of it? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list for the `{{fact:offer-topic}}` workshop - What you’ll leave the workshop with - Is this workshop right for you? - Which times usually work for you? - The `{{fact:offer-topic}}` workshop date is set - Ad angles (3): - The problem, in their words - What they leave with - Who it is for - Lead-magnet outline: Before the workshop: a one-page worksheet (One-page worksheet (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Workshop host; Workshop topic; What they leave with; Format and length; Attendance cost; Who it is for; Their sticking point; Date announcement - Download pack: No ## Course waitlist Collect interest in a course before enrolment opens: a launch page that shows how it runs and what it includes, five email drafts, three ad angles and a course-roadmap outline. - Pack ID: `courses-course-waitlist` - Audience: Courses - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Course waitlist - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Your name; Email address; What made you interested? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list for `{{fact:offer-course}}` - If `{{fact:audience-problem}}` keeps stopping you - How `{{fact:offer-course}}` runs - What should the first lessons cover? - Enrolment for `{{fact:offer-course}}` is open - Ad angles (3): - How the course runs - What you learn - Who it is for - Lead-magnet outline: Course roadmap: what you’ll cover in `{{fact:offer-course}}` (One-page roadmap (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Teacher name; Course name; What they learn; How it runs; What’s included; Who it is for; Their problem; Opening news timing - Download pack: No ## Mini-course interest Collect interest in a short mini-course before it opens: a quick form beside the headline, five follow-up emails, three ad angles and a one-page cheat-sheet outline. - Pack ID: `courses-mini-course-interest` - Audience: Courses - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Mini-course interest - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Email address; First name; How much do you know already? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the `{{fact:offer-skill}}` interest list - What you can do with `{{fact:offer-skill}}` - Short lessons, one idea each - One question to shape lesson one - The `{{fact:offer-skill}}` mini-course is open - Ad angles (3): - The one skill - The short format - What you can do after - Lead-magnet outline: Quick-start cheat sheet for `{{fact:offer-skill}}` (One-page cheat sheet (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Teacher name; The skill; Course length; What they can do after; Who it is for; Opening news timing - Download pack: No ## Downloadable lesson lead magnet Offer one lesson from your course as a download: a reading page led by questions, a confirmation page that hands over the file you upload, five emails, three ad angles, and an outline for making the lesson itself. - Pack ID: `courses-lesson-lead-magnet` - Audience: Courses - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: A lesson to keep - Thank-you page title: Your lesson - Form fields: Your name; Email address; How far along are you? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Your lesson on `{{fact:offer-topic}}` - One step to try from the lesson - Where the lesson fits in `{{fact:offer-course}}` - What would help most next? - Keep the lesson, whatever you decide - Ad angles (3): - The problem they have now - What the lesson covers - Who it is for - Lead-magnet outline: The lesson: `{{fact:offer-topic}}` (Short lesson, a few pages (PDF or image)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Teacher’s name; Course name; Lesson topic; Lesson format; What they can do; Who it’s for; Reader’s problem - Download pack: Yes. You upload your own file before the page can publish. ## Cohort application Collect applications for a live cohort of a course: a service page that says plainly how places are decided, five email drafts, three ad angles and a self-check outline for the applicant. - Pack ID: `courses-cohort-application` - Audience: Courses - Revision: 2 - What the form collects: Collects applications for a person to read. Nothing is booked or paid for. - Landing page title: Apply for the cohort - Thank-you page title: Application received - Form fields: Your name; Email address; What do you want to be able to do by the end?; How much have you done already?; Anything I should know? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Your cohort application is in - What I look for in an application - How the cohort works each week - A decision on your cohort application - Keeping the door open - Ad angles (3): - Who it suits - How the cohort runs - Learn with a group, not alone - Lead-magnet outline: Is this cohort right for me? A self-check to fill in (One-page self-check (printable or fillable)) - Setup checklist: 9 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Teacher’s name; Course name; The cohort; What it includes; Who it’s for; Their problem; Reply timing - Download pack: No ## Early-access waitlist Collect early-access interest before launch: a launch page, five emails that keep the list warm, three ad angles and an evaluation-checklist outline. Joining creates no account, login or trial. - Pack ID: `software-early-access-waitlist` - Audience: Software - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects waitlist sign-ups. No account or access is created for the visitor. - Landing page title: Early access - Thank-you page title: Waitlist joined - Form fields: Work email; Your name; Company or team; Which is closest to your role?; What would you use it for? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the waitlist for `{{fact:offer-product}}` - What `{{fact:audience-problem}}` is costing you - What makes `{{fact:offer-product}}` different - One detail about your setup? - An invitation to `{{fact:offer-product}}` - Ad angles (3): - The problem, in their words - What is different about it - A say in what gets built - Lead-magnet outline: Before you join: an evaluation checklist (One-page checklist (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Product name; Who it is for; Their problem; What’s different; Current stage; Invitation timing - Download pack: No ## Demo request A demo request page for a software product: the form sits beside the headline, five follow-up emails carry the conversation, three ad angles, and a one-page demo prep sheet outline. A request books no time and creates nothing. - Pack ID: `software-demo-request` - Audience: Software - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects demo requests for you to follow up. No time is booked. - Landing page title: Request a demo - Thank-you page title: Demo request received - Form fields: Work email; Your name; Company or team; Team size; What would you like to see? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Your demo request is with us - Times for your `{{fact:offer-product}}` demo - What would you like to look at again? - Still happy to show you `{{fact:offer-product}}` - Thanks for looking at `{{fact:offer-product}}` - Ad angles (3): - The week you’re losing - What the demo shows - See it before you decide - Lead-magnet outline: Before your demo: a one-page prep sheet (One-page prep sheet (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Product name; Who it is for; Their problem; What’s different; The demo; Reply timing - Download pack: No ## Use-case guide Offer a use-case guide on request: a launch page that shows how one team does the job, five email drafts, three ad angles and an outline for the guide itself. - Pack ID: `software-use-case-guide` - Audience: Software - Revision: 2 - What the form collects: Collects requests for your file. No account or access is created for the visitor. - Landing page title: Use-case guide - Thank-you page title: Request received - Form fields: Your name; Work email; How do you handle this today? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Here is the guide you asked for - One idea from the guide - The problem `{{fact:offer-product}}` is built for - How do you handle `{{fact:offer-use-case}}` today? - Invitations for `{{fact:offer-product}}` - Ad angles (3): - The job done by hand today - What the guide shows - Who the product is for - Lead-magnet outline: Use-case guide: `{{fact:offer-use-case}}` (Short guide, a few pages (PDF or image)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Product name; The use case; What the guide covers; Who it’s for; Their problem; Invite timing - Download pack: Yes. You upload your own file before the page can publish. ## Comparison checklist A vendor-neutral checklist for comparing tools in your category, handed over on request: a landing page, a confirmation page with the file you bind, five emails, three ad angles and an outline for making the checklist itself. - Pack ID: `software-comparison-checklist` - Audience: Software - Revision: 2 - What the form collects: Collects requests for your file. No account or access is created for the visitor. - Landing page title: Comparison checklist - Thank-you page title: Request received - Form fields: Your name; Work email; Where are you in choosing? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Your checklist - The question that is easy to skip - Put the checklist to `{{fact:offer-product}}` - Send me the question that is slowing the shortlist - Invitations to `{{fact:offer-product}}` - Ad angles (3): - The comparison problem - A fair checklist, not a pitch - Who it helps - Lead-magnet outline: Comparing `{{fact:offer-category}}`: the questions to ask (A comparison checklist (PDF or image)) - Setup checklist: 9 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Product name; Tool category; Who it’s for; Their problem; What it covers; Invite timing - Download pack: Yes. You upload your own file before the page can publish. ## Product-launch interest Collect interest before a software launch: an editorial page, five emails that keep the list warm until launch, three ad angles and a switching-checklist outline. Joining creates no account, trial or login. - Pack ID: `software-product-launch-interest` - Audience: Software - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects waitlist sign-ups. No account or access is created for the visitor. - Landing page title: Launch list - Thank-you page title: List joined - Form fields: Work email; Your name; What do you use today? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the launch list for `{{fact:offer-product}}` - The problem `{{fact:offer-product}}` is for - What the first release of `{{fact:offer-product}}` covers - One question before `{{fact:offer-product}}` launches - `{{fact:offer-product}}` is launching - Ad angles (3): - The problem story - What the first release does - A note from the founder - Lead-magnet outline: Before you switch: a one-page checklist (One-page checklist (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Founder name; Product name; Who it is for; Their problem; What’s different; First release scope; Launch news timing - Download pack: No ## New-product waitlist Collect names for a new product before it is ready: a launch-styled page, five emails that keep the list warm until you announce, three ad angles and a care-guide outline. - Pack ID: `ecommerce-new-product-waitlist` - Audience: Ecommerce - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Launch news - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Email address; First name; What would you use it for? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list for `{{fact:offer-product}}` - The detail that sets `{{fact:offer-product}}` apart - Who `{{fact:offer-product}}` is for - One choice still open on `{{fact:offer-product}}` - `{{fact:offer-product}}` is ready for you to look at - Ad angles (3): - The everyday annoyance - The detail a photo misses - The launch list - Lead-magnet outline: A short buying and care guide for `{{fact:offer-product}}` (A short guide as a PDF or printable page) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Product name; What it is; Standout detail; Who it is for; Their annoyance; Launch news timing - Download pack: No ## Discount signup Collect interest for a subscriber perk, worded by the owner: a process-and-offer page, five email drafts that promise no order, three ad angles and a care-guide outline. - Pack ID: `ecommerce-discount-signup` - Audience: Ecommerce - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Subscriber signup - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Email address; First name; What are you shopping for? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list - What the shop carries - Behind the scenes - One question for you - A note about the perk terms - Ad angles (3): - The subscriber perk - The range - The person behind the shop - Lead-magnet outline: A one-page care guide for `{{fact:offer-range}}` (One printed page or a single screen) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; What you sell; Subscriber perk; Perk terms; What subscribers hear about; Who it is for; How the perk arrives; How it is made - Download pack: No ## Buying guide Offer a buying guide for one product the shop sells: a problem-led page, a confirmation page that hands over the file you upload, five email drafts, three ad angles and an outline for making the guide. - Pack ID: `ecommerce-buying-guide` - Audience: Ecommerce - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Buying guide - Thank-you page title: Your guide - Form fields: Your name; Email address; What are you shopping for? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Your guide to `{{fact:offer-product-type}}` - The one thing to check first - Looking after your `{{fact:offer-product-type}}` - What are you choosing between? - Something new in the shop - Ad angles (3): - The choosing problem - What the guide covers - Who it is for - Lead-magnet outline: The buying guide: `{{fact:offer-product-type}}` (Four to six sections, as a PDF or image) - Setup checklist: 9 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Product type; What it covers; Who it’s for; Their problem; Care topic; What the list gets - Download pack: Yes. You upload your own file before the page can publish. ## Seasonal collection interest Collect interest in an upcoming seasonal collection: an editorial page, five follow-up email drafts, three ad angles and a seasonal care guide outline. - Pack ID: `ecommerce-seasonal-collection-interest` - Audience: Ecommerce - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Seasonal collection interest - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Email address; First name; What are you most interested in? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list for the `{{fact:offer-collection}}` - How the `{{fact:offer-collection}}` came together - Choosing and caring for the `{{fact:offer-collection}}` - Which pieces do you want to see first? - The `{{fact:offer-collection}}` is ready to look at - Ad angles (3): - The seasonal problem - What it’s made from - The collection story - Lead-magnet outline: A one-page seasonal care guide (One page, as a PDF or printable sheet) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Collection name; The season; What’s in it; Materials; Who it is for; Their seasonal problem; Launch news timing - Download pack: No ## Back-in-stock interest capture Collect names for a sold-out product: a page led by the doubts people have about interest lists, five email drafts, three ad angles and a how-it’s-made card outline. Registering stores an enquiry and places no order. - Pack ID: `ecommerce-back-in-stock-interest` - Audience: Ecommerce - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Back-in-stock interest - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Email address; First name; Which option do you want? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list for `{{fact:offer-product}}` - Why `{{fact:offer-product}}` sold out - How many should I make next? - Something else from the shop - The next batch of `{{fact:offer-product}}` - Ad angles (3): - The sold-out product - How it is made - Tell us you want one - Lead-magnet outline: A one-page card on how `{{fact:offer-product}}` is made (One-page card (print or PDF)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Product name; What it is; How batches are made; Who it is for; Restock news timing - Download pack: No ## Discovery-call application Collect applications for a coaching discovery call: a service page, five emails that put fit first, three ad angles and a self-assessment worksheet outline for the applicant. - Pack ID: `coaching-discovery-call-application` - Audience: Coaching - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects applications for a person to read. Nothing is booked or paid for. - Landing page title: Apply for coaching - Thank-you page title: Application received - Form fields: Your name; Email address; What would you like help with?; Where are you with this now?; Anything else I should know before we talk? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Your application is in - What a discovery call covers - Who the coaching isn’t for - Your application is still open - Some times to talk - Ad angles (3): - A person reads it - What the call is and isn’t - Fit first, no pitch - Lead-magnet outline: Before the call: a self-assessment worksheet (One-page worksheet (printable or fillable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Coach name; Coaching focus; Who it is for; Their sticking point; The discovery call; Reply timing - Download pack: No ## Challenge interest Collect interest in a coach’s short group challenge before the dates are set: a long-form page, five email drafts, three ad angles and a day-zero planning sheet outline. - Pack ID: `coaching-challenge-interest` - Audience: Coaching - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Challenge interest - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Your name; Email address; What would you like to change? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list for `{{fact:offer-challenge}}` - The part that keeps sliding - How the challenge runs - One small thing to do before the challenge - The `{{fact:offer-challenge}}` dates - Ad angles (3): - The problem, in their words - How it runs - Led by the coach - Lead-magnet outline: Day zero: a one-page planning sheet (One-page sheet (printable or fillable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Coach name; Challenge name; Challenge focus; How it runs; Who it is for; Their problem; Dates announcement - Download pack: No ## Assessment worksheet Offer a self-assessment worksheet as a download: a quick-capture landing page, a confirmation page that hands over the file you upload, five follow-up emails, three ad angles and an outline for making the worksheet itself. - Pack ID: `coaching-assessment-worksheet` - Audience: Coaching - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: A worksheet to answer alone - Thank-you page title: Your worksheet - Form fields: Your name; Email address; What made you look for this? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Your worksheet on `{{fact:offer-area}}` - One question worth staying with - What you can do with your answers - Want a view on one answer? - If you want to talk it through - Ad angles (3): - The problem they have now - What the worksheet asks - The coach behind it - Lead-magnet outline: A worksheet on `{{fact:offer-area}}` (Questions to fill in, a few pages (PDF or image)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Coach name; The area; What it covers; Who it’s for; Their problem; Reply timing - Download pack: Yes. You upload your own file before the page can publish. ## Group-program waitlist Collect interest in a coach’s group programme that is full or not yet open: an FAQ-led landing page, five email drafts, three ad angles and a self-check outline. Registering adds a name to a list; it is not a seat. - Pack ID: `coaching-group-program-waitlist` - Audience: Coaching - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Group-programme interest - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Your name; Email address; Where are you with this? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list for `{{fact:offer-program}}` - How `{{fact:offer-program}}` runs - Who `{{fact:offer-program}}` suits - A say in the next intake - Places are open for `{{fact:offer-program}}` - Ad angles (3): - The group itself - How the group runs - Not a seat, a place in line - Lead-magnet outline: Is group coaching right for me? A one-page self-check (One-page self-check (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Coach name; Programme name; Programme focus; How it runs; Group size; Who it is for; Opening news timing - Download pack: No ## Workshop registration interest Capture interest in a coach’s live workshop: a short form beside the headline, five follow-up emails, three ad angles and a one-page reflection-sheet outline. - Pack ID: `coaching-workshop-registration-interest` - Audience: Coaching - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects interest. The visitor’s details are stored; nothing is bought or booked. - Landing page title: Register interest in the workshop - Thank-you page title: Interest registered - Form fields: Email address; Your name; What would you like answered? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - You’re on the list for the workshop on `{{fact:offer-topic}}` - What you’ll leave with - A short exercise before the workshop - A question about timing - The date for the workshop on `{{fact:offer-topic}}` - Ad angles (3): - The takeaway - Who runs the workshop - The question you want answered - Lead-magnet outline: Before the workshop: a one-page reflection sheet (One-page reflection sheet (printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Coach name; Workshop topic; What they leave with; Format and length; Who it is for; Dates announcement - Download pack: No ## Quote enquiry Turn a quote enquiry into a clear next step: a service page that asks for the right job details, five honest follow-up emails, three ad angles and a one-page checklist outline. - Pack ID: `services-quote-enquiry` - Audience: Services - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects quote requests. It is not a booking or an order. - Landing page title: Request a quote - Thank-you page title: Quote request received - Form fields: What do you need done?; Where is the job?; When would you like it done?; Your name; Email address - Email drafts (5), by subject: - We’ve got your `{{fact:offer-service}}` request - A quick question about the job - Your `{{fact:offer-service}}` quote - Any questions about the quote? - Thanks for asking about `{{fact:offer-service}}` - Ad angles (3): - The hidden-cost worry - What a written quote lists - The local, straight-answer angle - Lead-magnet outline: Before you get quotes: a one-page checklist (One-page checklist (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Service; Area covered; Customers; Quoting method; Quote contents; Reply timing - Download pack: No ## Consultation request Collect consultation enquiries for a service business: a question-led page, five follow-up email drafts, three ad copy angles and a one-page checklist outline. Asking books nothing. - Pack ID: `services-consultation-request` - Audience: Services - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects enquiries. Nothing is booked or paid for. - Landing page title: Consultation request - Thank-you page title: Enquiry received - Form fields: What would you like help with?; Where are you based?; When are you hoping to start?; Your name; Email address - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Thanks for your enquiry about `{{fact:offer-service}}` - Times that could work for the consultation - Getting the most from the consultation - What are you thinking after our talk? - No rush on your question - Ad angles (3): - The question holding up the job - What the consultation covers - No pitch, straight answers - Lead-magnet outline: Before you hire: questions to ask (One-page checklist (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Service; The consultation; Consultation cost; Area covered; Customers; Reply timing - Download pack: No ## Service checklist Offer a practical checklist as an enquiry: a process-and-offer page, five honest follow-up emails, three ad angles and an outline for the checklist file you upload and bind. - Pack ID: `services-service-checklist` - Audience: Services - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects enquiries. Nothing is booked or paid for. - Landing page title: Ask a question, get the checklist - Thank-you page title: Enquiry received - Form fields: Your name; Email address; What would you like to ask?; Where are you based? - Email drafts (5), by subject: - Your question about `{{fact:offer-service}}` - The checklist item to do next - What to have ready for a quote - An answer to your question - No rush on the checklist - Ad angles (3): - The job ahead - What the checklist covers - Ask a question first - Lead-magnet outline: Your `{{fact:offer-service}}` checklist (A short checklist (PDF or image)) - Setup checklist: 9 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Service; What it covers; Area covered; Customers; Their problem; Reply timing - Download pack: Yes. You upload your own file before the page can publish. ## New-service announcement Announce a new service from a business people already know: a problem-led page that says what is new and invites enquiries, five follow-up email drafts, three ad angles and a before-you-book checklist outline. - Pack ID: `services-new-service-announcement` - Audience: Services - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects enquiries. Nothing is booked or paid for. - Landing page title: New service announcement - Thank-you page title: Enquiry received - Form fields: What do you need done?; Where is the job?; When would you like it done?; Your name; Email address - Email drafts (5), by subject: - We’ve got your enquiry about `{{fact:offer-new-service}}` - Why we added `{{fact:offer-new-service}}` - How `{{fact:offer-new-service}}` works - One question about the job - Following up on your enquiry - Ad angles (3): - The problem, still waiting - New from a business you know - How the process works - Lead-magnet outline: Before you book: a one-page checklist (One-page checklist (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; New service; What you do; How it works; Area covered; Customers; Their problem; Reply timing - Download pack: No ## Seasonal-service enquiry Collect quote requests before the busy season for a seasonal service: a process-and-offer page, five honest follow-up emails, three ad angles and a seasonal maintenance checklist outline. - Pack ID: `services-seasonal-service-enquiry` - Audience: Services - Revision: 1 - What the form collects: Collects quote requests. It is not a booking or an order. - Landing page title: Request a quote - Thank-you page title: Quote request received - Form fields: What needs doing?; Where is the property?; When would suit you?; Your name; Email address - Email drafts (5), by subject: - We’ve got your `{{fact:offer-service}}` request - A quick question about the job - Your `{{fact:offer-service}}` quote - Any questions about your quote? - One question about your quote - Ad angles (3): - The season is coming - What the job includes - How a quote request works - Lead-magnet outline: A seasonal maintenance checklist (One-page checklist (PDF or printable)) - Setup checklist: 8 items - Blanks to fill in: Business name; Seasonal service; The season; What it includes; Quoting method; Area covered; Customers; Reply timing - Download pack: No --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access # Plans and what each includes > What FunnelCreative Commercial, Pro and Campaign Vault each let a workspace do, how a JVZoo purchase becomes access, and where to see your own allowances. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access ## The three plans FunnelCreative is sold on JVZoo as three products: - **FunnelCreative Commercial**: the main product. You create funnels from recipes, edit them, publish them to a FunnelCreative web address and collect enquiries in your lead inbox. - **Pro** (shown as **FunnelCreative Pro** in upgrade notes): an upgrade to FunnelCreative Commercial. It adds brand kits, presets and the option to hide the “Made with FunnelCreative” badge, plus higher allowances for live funnels, stored funnels and AI units. Fixed limits, upload sizes and storage are the same on every plan. - **Campaign Vault**: an upgrade with 25 finished campaign packs you install and edit. You can buy it on its own. Every funnel collects an enquiry. No plan adds payments, bookings, enrolment or email sending to a funnel. See [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md). | What’s included | FunnelCreative Commercial | Pro | Campaign Vault | |---|---|---|---| | Create and edit funnels from the recipes | Yes | Yes | No | | Publish to a FunnelCreative web address | Yes | Yes | No | | Lead inbox and CSV export | Yes | Yes | No | | Brand kits | No | Yes | No | | Hide the FunnelCreative badge | No | Yes | No | | Presets | No | Yes | No | | Campaign Vault packs | No | No | Yes | ## FunnelCreative Commercial With FunnelCreative Commercial on a workspace, owners, admins and members can: - start funnels from any of the 10 recipes, or from browser drafts they import - edit every page, form, image and email draft, and use undo and version history - upload images and files - publish funnels to a FunnelCreative web address, roll back and unpublish - read leads, set their status and add notes - delete leads and export them to CSV (owners and admins only) - see analytics for each funnel Published pages show the FunnelCreative look and a small “Made with FunnelCreative” line at the bottom. On FunnelCreative Commercial you can’t hide that line or save a brand kit. You can still try the kit editor: see [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#on-funnelcreative-commercial). AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. See [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md). ## Pro Pro adds, on the same workspace: - brand kits with your logo, colours and fonts, applied to published pages from their next publish - a default kit for the workspace, and a kit for a single funnel - presets: save a funnel’s structure, layout and kit, then start new funnels from it - hiding the “Made with FunnelCreative” badge from the next publish - a higher allowance for live funnels, stored funnels and AI units. The AI units allowance only matters once AI writing is switched on Pro needs FunnelCreative Commercial in the same workspace. If FunnelCreative Commercial is refunded or charged back, Pro is recorded but switched off: brand kits, presets and badge hiding stay off until the workspace has FunnelCreative Commercial again. When a workspace has both, each limit takes the higher of the two allowances. The allowances are never added together. ## Campaign Vault Campaign Vault gives a workspace the pack library. With it, owners, admins and members can install a pack as a new funnel, then fill in its blanks, edit its pages and email drafts, and read its ad angles, lead-magnet outline and setup checklist. A pack’s full copy is shown only once it is installed. Viewers can read an installed pack but can’t install or edit one. Campaign Vault doesn’t include hosting. To publish an installed pack, the workspace also needs FunnelCreative Commercial. Uploading images and files also needs FunnelCreative Commercial. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#vault-only). Without Campaign Vault, the gallery still shows every pack’s preview and description, marked **Previews only on this workspace**. ## Which workspace your plan belongs to - A plan belongs to a workspace, not to a person. Your purchase lands in your own first workspace, called **My workspace** when it is set up. - Everyone you add to that workspace works under its plan, within their role. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). - Later purchases made with the same email address, such as Pro or Campaign Vault, land in the same workspace. - You can’t move a plan to another workspace from the app. ## From a JVZoo purchase to access 1. You buy on JVZoo. FunnelCreative matches the purchase to an account by the buyer email you used at JVZoo, and only by that address. 2. If that address has no FunnelCreative account, the purchase sets one up, with its own workspace. 3. If the purchase set up a new account, FunnelCreative emails that address a first sign-in link. The subject is **Sign in to FunnelCreative to use your purchase**, and the button is **Sign in to FunnelCreative**. If you already had an account, you get no email: sign in as usual and the purchase is already on your workspace. 4. Open the link and sign in. From then on, sign in at [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) with the same address. See [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) for the sign-in steps. > Limit: A purchase made with a different email address goes to a different account. The app has no way to change your account’s email address or to move a purchase between accounts. The [Support](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/support) page is a placeholder in this preview, so it can’t help with this yet. If the first sign-in email doesn’t reach you, ask for a new link on [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) with the address you bought with. If you ask before JVZoo has told FunnelCreative about the purchase, no link is sent yet; try again a little later. ## See your own allowances Numbers such as how many funnels can be live are still being finalised, so this help doesn’t print them. Your workspace’s current allowances are shown in the app: - **Plan** card in **Brand & presets** (under **SETTINGS** in the sidebar). It names your plan and lists **Live funnels**, **Stored drafts**, **AI units a month** and **Brand kits**. Its **Custom domains** row starts with **Not available yet** (see [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md)). The card notes: **Limits are the current plan proposals and may change before launch.** - The tiles at the top of **My funnels**, including **AI units this month**. For each allowance: - Live funnels at the same time: the **Live funnels** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). - Funnels a workspace can store: the **Stored drafts** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). - AI units: the **AI units a month** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). - Brand kits (Pro): the **Brand kits** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). The **Plan** card reads **No active FunnelCreative service on this workspace.** when the workspace has neither FunnelCreative Commercial nor Pro. See [Limits and allowances](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/limits.md) for every fixed limit. ## Hosting term FunnelCreative Commercial and Pro include a hosting term: the terms shown where you bought FunnelCreative. Campaign Vault has no hosting term. When the term has ended, funnels can’t be created, published or edited any more. Funnels installed from Campaign Vault packs stay editable if the workspace has Campaign Vault. A publish attempt is refused with: **This workspace’s FunnelCreative hosting term has ended, so nothing new can be published. Your funnels and leads stay here.** Launch setup may show **Publishing needs hosting** instead. Owners and admins can still export everything from **Export your data**. ## Refunds and chargebacks JVZoo tells FunnelCreative when a purchase is refunded or charged back. FunnelCreative then ends the access that came from that one purchase. Other purchases stay as they are. - FunnelCreative Commercial refunded: the workspace can no longer create, edit or publish funnels (funnels installed from Campaign Vault packs stay editable if the workspace has Campaign Vault). Your funnels and leads stay stored, and an owner or admin can still download everything from **Export your data**. See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md#export-your-data). A Pro purchase in the same workspace is switched off until FunnelCreative Commercial is active again. - Pro refunded: the workspace goes back to FunnelCreative Commercial. Your brand kits stay listed, marked **kept, not applied on your current plan**. From each funnel’s next publish, the page uses the FunnelCreative look and shows the badge again. FunnelCreative doesn’t act on recurring rebill notices from JVZoo. This help doesn’t describe refund terms or refund windows. ## Related - [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md) - [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md) - [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md) - [Limits and allowances](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/limits.md) - [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/limits # Limits and allowances > The fixed limits in FunnelCreative, and where your account shows the allowances that are still being finalised. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/limits Some limits are fixed in the product. Others are allowances that are still being finalised, so these pages don’t print them: your own current allowance is shown in your account. [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md) says which plan includes what. ## Fixed limits | Limit | Value | Where you see it | |---|---|---| | Base recipes | 10 recipes | **Recipe library** | | Page styles | 3 styles | the **Page style** menu in the editor | | Campaign Vault packs | 25 packs | **Campaign Vault** | | Vault packs with a download | 6 packs | **Campaign Vault** | | Email drafts in each Vault pack | 5 email drafts | a pack’s **Email drafts** tab | | Ad angles in each Vault pack | 3 ad angles | a pack’s **Ad angles** tab | | Section types | 13 section types | the editor’s **Sections** list | | Brief length | 2,500 characters | the **Describe your funnel** box | | How long a sign-in link works | 15 minutes | the sign-in email, and the screen you see after asking for a link | | Drafts kept in one browser | 50 drafts | **My funnels** when you are signed out | | Images and files in one funnel | 24 files | the message when you add one more | | Fields in a form | 12 fields | the form section editor | | Fields in a compact form | 4 fields | the form section editor | | Choices in one question | 20 choices | the form section editor | | Data exports a day | 3 exports a day | **Export your data** (**Settings → Account & data**) | | Brand kit logo size | 150 KB | the brand kit editor | | How long a visitor’s download link works | 30 minutes | the thank-you page of a download pack | | Older version’s form still accepted after an update | 24 hours | your lead inbox (the version number on each lead) | | Leads shown per page | 50 leads | the lead inbox | | Recent leads counted on My funnels | 7 days | the **Leads, last N days** tile and each funnel card on **My funnels** | | Funnel name and business name length | 120 characters | the **Funnel name** and **Business name** boxes | | Audience fact length | 400 characters | the **Who is this for?** box | | Offer fact length | 600 characters | the **What are you offering?** box | | Assets fact length | 600 characters | the **What do you already have?** box | | Claims fact length | 800 characters | the **Which results or credentials can you back up?** box | | Form question, help text and choice length | 200 characters | the form section editor | | Consent statement length | 1,000 characters | the **Consent statement** box | | Email draft subject length | 200 characters | the **Subject** box on **Email drafts** | | Email draft preview text length | 150 characters | the **Preview text** box on **Email drafts** | | Email draft text length | 4,000 characters | the **Email text** box on **Email drafts** | | Lead note length | 2,000 characters | the notes box on a lead | | Brand kit name length | 60 characters | the **Kit name** box | | Instruction for rewriting a section with AI writing | 500 characters | the **What should change?** box (once AI writing is switched on) | | Preset name length | 80 characters | the **Preset name** box | ## Allowances shown in your account These numbers are not printed here. Look for them where the second column says. | Allowance | Where to see it | |---|---| | Live-funnel allowance | the **Live funnels** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**) | | Stored-funnel allowance | the **Stored drafts** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**) | | Monthly AI units | the **AI units a month** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**) | | Brand-kit allowance | the **Brand kits** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**) | | Hosting term | the terms shown where you bought FunnelCreative | | Time an export stays downloadable | the number of days shown under **Export your data** (**Settings → Account & data**) | | Waiting period before a deletion is final | the number of days shown under **Close your account** (**Settings → Account & data**) | | Sign-in session length | the **Sign-in sessions** line under **How long we keep things** (**Settings → Account & data**) | | Security log retention | the **Security log** line under **How long we keep things** (**Settings → Account & data**) | | Purchase-record retention | the terms shown where you bought FunnelCreative | | Largest image you can upload | stated in the message an upload shows when an image is too large | | Largest download file you can upload | stated in the message an upload shows when a file is too large | | Workspace storage allowance | not shown in the app: when the workspace is full, an upload fails with a message ending in “(quota_exceeded). Nothing changed.” | | How long leads are kept | the **Leads** line under **How long we keep things** (**Settings → Account & data**) | | Price | the sales page where you buy | | Refund window | the terms shown where you bought FunnelCreative | | Purchase promise terms | the terms shown where you bought FunnelCreative | --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/app-map # Screen map: every screen, tab and button > Every FunnelCreative screen with its web address, its main labels and buttons, and the guide that explains it. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/app-map ## How to read this page Each section is one screen. It gives the screen’s web address (after your FunnelCreative address), what you see there, the exact button and label names, and the guide that explains it. Labels are written exactly as the app shows them. The workspace is everything under `/app`. The settings screens and sign-in screens have their own addresses. ## Sidebar The sidebar is on every workspace screen. From top to bottom: | Item | What it does | Guide | |---|---|---| | Workspace name | Shows the current workspace, your role and your email address. Click it to open **Your workspaces** and switch. | [Team and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md#workspaces) | | **New funnel** | Opens **Create a funnel**. Greyed out for viewers. | [Create a funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md) | | **CREATE & EXPLORE** | **Create a funnel**, **My funnels** (with a count), **Recipe library**, **Campaign Vault** | See below | | **SETTINGS** | **Brand & presets** and **Account & data**. Shown when you are signed in. | See below | | **About this preview** | Opens a short note about what the workspace does. | [How FunnelCreative works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works.md) | | **Help & guides** | Opens this help in a new tab. | This help | | Footer | Signed in: **Signed in**, your email address and **Sign out**. Signed out: **Your creative space**. | [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) | The bar across the top shows where you are (“Workspace / <screen>”), the **Interactive preview** badge, **Sign in** when you are signed out, and a link back to the website. ## Create a funnel Address: `/app`. Sidebar: **Create a funnel**. - Heading: “What are we creating today?” - **Describe your funnel**: a box for your brief. - **Find my starting point**: shows every recipe and highlights a suggested one. - **Need a little inspiration?** with the examples **A course launch**, **A software launch** and **A product launch**. - **Start with a recipe**: five starter recipes. **Browse all 10 recipes** shows all of them with audience filters; **Show five starters** goes back. - Each recipe card: audience, **Suggested** when it matches your brief, name, description and **Make it yours**. Guide: [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). ## Starting your funnel Address: `/app/new?recipe=<recipe id>`. You land here when you pick a recipe, or open a recipe link from the website. - Heading: “Starting your funnel.”, with **Setting up <recipe>…** while it works. - If the page reloaded during creation: **This funnel may already exist**, with **Open My funnels** and **Create it anyway**. - If it failed: **We couldn’t start this funnel**, with **Try again** and **Back to recipes**. Guide: [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). ## Recipe library Address: `/app/library`. Sidebar: **Recipe library**. - Heading: “Find your starting point.” - All 10 recipes, with the filters **All recipes**, **Courses**, **Software**, **Ecommerce**, **Coaching** and **Services**. - Click a card to start a funnel from it. Guides: [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md) and the [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md). ## My funnels Address: `/app/funnels`. Sidebar: **My funnels**. - Heading: “My funnels.”, with a line saying where your funnels are saved. - A switch with two links (signed in): **Funnels** and **All leads**. Screen readers announce the group as “Show”. **All leads** has its own address, `/app/funnels?show=leads`. - Tiles (signed in, once you have a funnel): **Funnels** (live, drafts, and any that need attention), a tile with your leads from the last seven days, and **AI units this month**. - Browser drafts panel (signed in, when this browser has drafts): **Import my browser drafts** and **Not now**. - Funnel cards: a preview, a status (**LIVE**, **UNPUBLISHED DRAFT**, **NEWER DRAFT**, **NEEDS ATTENTION**), the name, the recipe, recent leads and the date edited. Click a card to open the editor. - With no funnels: “A little empty. A lot of potential.” and **Create your first funnel**. Guides: [How FunnelCreative works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works.md#my-funnels), [All leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#all-leads), [Import your browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md#import-your-browser-drafts). ## Funnel editor Address: `/app/funnels/<funnel id>`. Open it from a card on **My funnels**. The heading has: - **My funnels** (with a back arrow) to return - the funnel name, or **Untitled funnel** - where it is saved (**Saved to your workspace**, or **Saved on this device** for a browser draft) and whether it is live: **Draft**, **Live · version N**, **Unpublished**, or **Publishing...** / **Taking down** while a change is being confirmed (a browser draft shows **Unpublished draft**) - one main button: **Confirm your facts** until the facts are confirmed, then **Review setup** ### Editor tabs You can open a tab directly by adding `?tab=<id>` to the address. | Tab | `?tab=` | What it holds | Guide | |---|---|---|---| | **Page design** | `page` | **Funnel basics**, **Sections**, **Write with AI**, **Undo**, **Redo**, **Version history** and the preview | [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) | | **Business facts** | `facts` | **Confirm your facts.**, or **Fill in the blanks.** for a Vault pack | [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) | | **Funnel journey** | `journey` | The recipe’s planned journey; later steps marked **Planned** | [Planned steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md#planned-steps) | | **Email drafts** | `emails` | The follow-up email drafts, with a count on the tab | [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md) | | **Ad angles** | `ads` | Three ad copy drafts. Only on a funnel installed from a Vault pack | [Ad angles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#ad-angles) | | **Launch setup** | `setup` | **Publish your funnel.**: web address, launch checks, publish, **Published versions** | [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) | | **Leads** | `leads` | This funnel’s leads, filters and **Export CSV** | [Your lead inbox](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) | | **Analytics** | `analytics` | Views, submissions and conversion | [Analytics](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md) | Which tabs you see: - A browser draft (saved only in this browser, whether or not you are signed in) has the first five: **Page design**, **Business facts**, **Funnel journey**, **Email drafts** and **Launch setup**. - A workspace funnel adds **Leads** and **Analytics**. - A funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack also has **Ad angles**, after **Email drafts**. The **Business facts** tab shows a badge with the number of facts still to confirm. ### Inside Page design - **Funnel basics**: **Funnel name**, **Business name**, **Headline**, **Introduction**, **Button text**, **Page style** and **Your original brief**. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). - **Sections**: every section of each page, to open, move, hide and edit. Under it, **Before you can publish** lists what still stops publishing. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#before-you-can-publish). - **Write with AI**: AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. See [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md). - **Undo**, **Redo** and **Version history** above the settings. See [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md). - The preview, with desktop and phone buttons and, when there is more than one page, a button for each page. A browser draft shows only the basic fields, the **Write with AI** panel and the preview. AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. ## Campaign Vault Address: `/app/vault`. Sidebar: **Campaign Vault**. - Heading: “Ready-made campaigns.” - Filters: **All packs**, **Courses**, **Software**, **Ecommerce**, **Coaching**, **Services**. - Pack cards with **What the form does.**, **What’s included**, **Honest notes** and **Install**. - Without Campaign Vault: **Previews only on this workspace**. - Install dialog: **Install “<pack name>”**, **Choose the workspace it goes into**, **Install pack** and **Cancel**. Guide: [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ## Brand & presets Address: `/app/settings/brand`. Sidebar: **SETTINGS**, then **Brand & presets**. Use **← Back to workspace** to return. Cards, from top to bottom: - **Plan**: your plan and your allowances (**Live funnels**, **Stored drafts**, **AI units a month**, **Brand kits**), plus a **Custom domains** row that starts with **Not available yet** (see [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md)). - **Brand kits**: your kits, **New brand kit** (Pro) or **Try the kit editor**, and **Make default**, **Edit**, **View** and **Archive** on each kit. - **Apply a kit to a funnel** (Pro, when you have a kit). - The “Made with FunnelCreative” badge card, with **Hide the badge on published pages**. - **Presets**: **Save as preset**, **New funnel from preset** and **Archive**. Guides: [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md) and [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## Account & data Address: `/app/settings/account`. Sidebar: **SETTINGS**, then **Account & data**. Use **← Back to workspace** to return. Cards, from top to bottom: - **Members of <workspace>**: the team, **Invite a teammate**, **Change role** and **Remove**. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). - **Export your data**: **Prepare export** and **Download**. See [Export your data](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md#export-your-data). - **Your visitors’ data**: how to delete a lead when someone asks. - **Delete this workspace**: shown only in a workspace that isn’t your own first workspace. The owner types `DELETE` and clicks **Delete workspace**; everyone else sees **Only the workspace owner can delete it.** - **Close your account**: the “Type DELETE to confirm” box, **Close account**, and **Cancel deletion** while a deletion is waiting. See [Close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md#close-your-account). - **How long we keep things**: the retention periods. ## Sign-in screens | Address | What you see | Guide | |---|---|---| | `/login` | **Email address** and **Email me a sign-in link**. When you are already signed in: **Continue to your workspace** and **Not you? Sign out**. | [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) | | `/login/check` | The screen headed “Check your email.”, with **Send another link** and **Use a different address**. | [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) | | `/login/verify` | The page your emailed link opens: “Continue to FunnelCreative?”, with **Sign in as <masked address>** (or **Sign in**) and **Cancel**. Then **Signed in as <email>** and **Continue**. | [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) | ## Other pages - [Support](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/support), [Privacy](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/privacy) and [Terms](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/terms) are placeholder pages in this preview, marked **Placeholder · not approved for launch**. - This help lives at `/docs` on your FunnelCreative address. Every page is also available as plain text for AI assistants, starting from [/llms.txt](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/llms.txt). ## Controls the app doesn’t have So you don’t look for them: - There is no Save button in the editor. Every change saves on its own. See [How saving works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#saving). - There is no button to archive or delete a funnel. - There is no button to create or rename a workspace. - There is no shareable preview link for a draft. Visitors only see a page after you publish it. - There is no “sign out everywhere” button. **Sign out** signs out the browser you are using. ## Related - [How FunnelCreative works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works.md) - [Glossary](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/glossary.md) - [Getting started](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/glossary # Glossary > Plain definitions of the words FunnelCreative uses on its screens and in this help, each with a link to the page that explains it. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/glossary ## A ### Ad angles Three ad copy drafts that come with every Campaign Vault pack, on the **Ad angles** tab of a funnel installed from a pack. You copy them into your own ad account; FunnelCreative doesn’t place or run ads. See [Ad angles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#ad-angles). ### Address (web address) The part after the FunnelCreative host that makes your funnel’s public address, such as `my-workshop`. You choose it under **Web address** on **Launch setup**. It uses lowercase letters, numbers and single hyphens. See [Choose a web address](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md#choose-a-web-address). ### Admin A workspace role. An admin can do everything a member can, and can also add and remove members and viewers, export data, delete leads and edit brand kits. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ### AI units The allowance that AI writing jobs are counted against, shown on the **AI units this month** tile on **My funnels** and as **AI units a month** on the **Plan** card. AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. Your allowance: the **AI units a month** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). See [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md). ### All leads The lead inbox for every funnel in the workspace at once. Open it from **My funnels** with the **All leads** switch. See [All leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#all-leads). ## B ### Brand kit A saved set of logo, colours, fonts and button corners that Pro applies to your published pages from their next publish. Set up on **Brand & presets** under **Brand kits**. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). ### Brief (original brief) The description of your offer and goal that you type in **Describe your funnel** on the Create screen. It helps suggest a recipe and is saved with each new funnel, where you can edit it under **Your original brief**. See [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). ### Browser draft A funnel saved only in the browser you made it in, because you weren’t signed in or your workspace has no plan. It can’t be published. You can move it into your workspace with **Import my browser drafts**. See [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). ### Business facts The details about your business that your page is built on, confirmed by you on the **Business facts** tab. The three required facts are the audience, the offer and the promised next step. See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). ## C ### Campaign Vault An upgrade with 25 finished campaign packs you install as new funnels, found at **Campaign Vault** in the sidebar. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### Confirmed The status of a fact you have checked and accepted. Only confirmed facts count: suggestions and details taken from your brief are ignored until you confirm them. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). ### Consent statement The sentence beside the unticked box a visitor must tick before sending your form. Every form needs one before it can be published. See [Write the consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md#consent-statement). ### Creation link A web address of the form `/app/new?recipe=<recipe id>` that starts one new funnel from a recipe. Opening it adds a one-time code to the address; reloading that address opens the same funnel instead of making a second one. See [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). ## D ### Download pack One of the 6 Campaign Vault packs marked **Download pack**. After a visitor sends the form, their thank-you page offers a file you made and uploaded. See [Download packs](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#download-packs). ### Draft The latest saved version of a funnel. Until you publish it, visitors can’t see it. A funnel card shows **UNPUBLISHED DRAFT**, or **NEWER DRAFT** when you have changes that aren’t live yet. See [How FunnelCreative works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works.md). ## E ### Email draft A follow-up email saved with your funnel on the **Email drafts** tab. You edit it, then copy or download it into your own email tool. FunnelCreative doesn’t send email. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). ### Enquiry What every funnel collects: interest, a waitlist sign-up, a demo request, an application, a quote request, a general enquiry or a request for a file. An enquiry is never a payment, booking or order. See [What your funnel collects: enquiries and promised next steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). ### Example facts The made-up business details that come with a Campaign Vault pack. **Use the example facts as a starting point** fills them in for you to replace. See [Fill in the blanks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#fill-in-the-blanks). ## F ### Facts gate The rule that the audience, offer and promised next step must be confirmed before **Launch setup** lets you publish. For a Vault pack, every blank must be confirmed. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). ### Funnel journey The editor tab that shows a recipe’s full planned journey. Only the first step is yours to edit; later steps are marked **Planned**. See [Planned steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md#planned-steps). ### FunnelCreative Commercial The main FunnelCreative plan: create, edit and publish funnels and collect enquiries. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## H ### Hidden section A section you have hidden with its eye button. It keeps its copy but is left out of the preview and the published page, and it isn’t checked before publishing. The outline marks it **Hidden**. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). ### Hosting What lets a workspace publish funnels to a FunnelCreative address. It comes with FunnelCreative Commercial and Pro, for a hosting term: the terms shown where you bought FunnelCreative. Campaign Vault alone has no hosting. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## K ### Keep my wording A tick box on each section. It tells AI writing to leave that section exactly as it is, and the outline marks it **Kept as written**. AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). ## L ### Landing page The first page of a funnel, which visitors open at its address. It holds the form (three recipes have no form in this release; see the [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md)). See [How FunnelCreative works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works.md). ### Launch setup The editor tab where you choose a web address, clear the launch checks and publish. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). ### Layout style (page style) The overall design of a funnel. There are 3. The editor’s **Page style** list and the **Brand & presets** screen name them differently: - Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) See [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md). ### Lead One visitor’s submitted form: their answers, their consent record, the version they used and the time. Leads appear in the **Leads** tab and **All leads**. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ### Live A funnel that visitors can open at its address. The editor heading shows **Live** with the version number, and the funnel card shows **LIVE**. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). ### Live-funnel allowance How many funnels in a workspace can be live at the same time: the **Live funnels** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). At the allowance, unpublish one funnel to put another live. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## M ### “Made with FunnelCreative” badge A small line at the bottom of every published page. With Pro, an owner or admin can hide it with **Hide the badge on published pages**, from the next publish. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#badge). ### Member A workspace role. A member creates, edits and publishes funnels and works the lead inbox, but can’t export or delete leads or add people. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## O ### Owner A workspace role. The owner is the account the workspace belongs to. There is one owner per workspace, ownership can’t be passed on, and only the owner can change someone’s role. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## P ### Placeholder A marker such as `{{fact:offer}}` that stands in the copy where a fact you haven’t confirmed belongs. Confirming the fact fills it in. A placeholder left anywhere visible stops the page from publishing. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). ### Plan card The **Plan** card at the top of **Brand & presets**. It names your plan and shows your workspace’s current allowances. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### Planned step A step in a recipe’s journey that isn’t built, such as a later page after the form. The **Funnel journey** tab marks it **Planned**. It is a guide, not a feature. See [Planned steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md#planned-steps). ### Preset A saved copy of a funnel’s structure, layout, kit and section copy that Pro can start new funnels from with **New funnel from preset**. It never keeps your facts, email drafts or leads. See [Presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#presets). ### Pro The upgrade to FunnelCreative Commercial that adds brand kits, presets, hiding the badge and higher allowances for live funnels, stored funnels and AI units (AI units only matter once AI writing is switched on). It needs FunnelCreative Commercial on the same workspace. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### Promised next step What your thank-you page tells a visitor happens after they send the form, chosen from a fixed list on **Business facts**. It never promises a payment, booking or email. See [What your funnel collects: enquiries and promised next steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). ### Publish Putting one exact saved version of a funnel on its address, from **Launch setup**. From then on its form collects leads. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). ## R ### Recipe A ready-made funnel structure for a kind of business and goal. There are 10. You pick one on **Create a funnel** or **Recipe library** to start a funnel. See [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md) and the [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md). ### Restore Copying an older version back as your newest draft, from **Version history**. It never changes the live page until you publish. See [Version history](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#version-history). ### Revision (pack revision) The edition of a Campaign Vault pack that an installed funnel is pinned to. A newer revision is only ever offered as **Update available**, for you to review. See [Pack revisions and updates](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#pack-updates). ### Roll back Putting an earlier published version live again, from **Published versions** on **Launch setup**. Nothing is deleted. See [Roll back to an earlier version](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md#roll-back). ## S ### Section One block of a page, such as **Top of page**, **Benefits** or **Form**. There are 13 section types. You edit, move and hide sections in the **Sections** outline. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). ### Stored funnels Every funnel kept in a workspace, live or not, including imported drafts and installed packs. The **Plan** card shows the allowance as **Stored drafts**: the **Stored drafts** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## T ### Thank-you page The page a visitor sees after sending the form. It states the promised next step word for word. See [What your funnel collects: enquiries and promised next steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). ## U ### Unpublish Taking a live funnel down with **Unpublish** on **Launch setup**. Visitors get “not found”, and the address, versions and leads are kept. See [Take a funnel down](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md#take-a-funnel-down). ## V ### Version A saved copy of a funnel. Every save makes a new version, and every version is kept. See [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md). ### Viewer A workspace role that can read funnels, publishing status and analytics, but can’t change anything and never sees leads. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## W ### Workspace The place that holds your funnels, leads, brand settings and team. A plan belongs to a workspace. Your own is called **My workspace**; switch between workspaces from **Your workspaces** at the top of the sidebar. See [Workspaces and the workspace switcher](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md#workspaces). --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting # Troubleshooting > What each FunnelCreative message and problem means, why it happens and what to do, from signing in to publishing, forms, leads, Campaign Vault and your account. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting Find the message you see, or the problem you have, in the groups below. Each entry says what you see, why it happens and what to do. Messages are quoted as FunnelCreative shows them. If you can’t find your problem here, try [Frequently asked questions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/faq.md). ## Known issues in this release These four behave the same for everyone at the moment. Each has its own entry below. - Three recipes make a page with no form, so their funnels can’t be published. See [A recipe funnel has no form](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#recipe-has-no-form). - Every recipe’s email drafts contain tokens that stop publishing until you edit them out. See [An email draft has a malformed placeholder](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#malformed-placeholder). - Every new recipe funnel starts without a consent statement. See [A form has no consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#no-consent-statement). - Funnels can’t be archived from the app, although some messages suggest it. See [Your workspace holds as many funnels as your plan stores](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#stored-funnel-limit). ## Signing in and access ### The sign-in email doesn’t arrive After you click **Email me a sign-in link**, the next screen looks the same whether or not an email was sent. This keeps other people from finding out which addresses use FunnelCreative. So the screen alone doesn’t tell you what happened. Why it happens, most likely first: - (a) The address has no FunnelCreative account. Sign-up is closed: links go only to addresses that bought FunnelCreative on JVZoo, or that an owner or admin added to a workspace. Any other address gets no email. - (b) You asked for many links for the same address in a short time. Past that point FunnelCreative stops sending, but the screen stays the same. - (c) This FunnelCreative server can’t send email yet. In that case the sign-in page shows **Sign-in by email isn’t available on this server yet. Your browser drafts still work in the workspace.** What to do: 1. Make sure you typed the email address you used at JVZoo, or the address your teammate added. See [You bought with a different email address](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#wrong-purchase-email). 2. Look in your spam or junk folder for the subject **Your FunnelCreative sign-in link**. 3. If you have just bought, the purchase may not have reached FunnelCreative yet. Wait a little, then ask for a link again. 4. If you asked for several links, wait a while before asking again. Each link works once and stops working 15 minutes after you ask for it, so only use the newest one. 5. If you see the “isn’t available on this server yet” message, you can’t sign in on this server. You can still work in the workspace without signing in; see [Working without signing in](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). See [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md). ### You bought with a different email address Why it happens: your access belongs to the email address you used at JVZoo. Signing in with another address opens a different account, or none. A purchase made with a second address sets up a second, separate account. What to do: 1. Sign in at [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) with the exact address you used at JVZoo. The purchase email, with the subject **Sign in to FunnelCreative to use your purchase**, goes to that address. 2. Buy later upgrades with the same address, so they land in the same workspace. You can’t change an account’s email address, or move a purchase to another account, yourself in the app. ### “This link has expired or was already used” You see **This link has expired or was already used. Links work once and last 15 minutes.** Why it happens: the link was already used, or more than 15 minutes have passed since you asked for it. The same message appears if a link is checked too many times in a short time, or if the account can’t sign in. What to do: click **Request a new link** and use the newest email. ### “This sign-in link is incomplete” You see **This sign-in link is incomplete. Copy the whole link from the email, or ask for a new one.** Why it happens: part of the link was cut off, often when it was copied or wrapped across lines. What to do: click the button in the email instead of copying the link, or copy the whole address. ### A warning that the link wasn’t requested from this browser You see **This link wasn’t requested from this browser. If you didn’t ask for it, close this page: continuing signs this browser in to whichever account the link belongs to.** Why it happens: you opened the link in a different browser, or on a different device, from the one you asked in. This is expected for the first link after a purchase. What to do: if you asked for the link, click **Sign in**. You then continue to your workspace. If you didn’t ask for it, close the page. Nothing changes until someone clicks the button. ### Your session ended You see **Your session has ended, so changes can’t be saved to your workspace. Browser drafts still work here.**, or **Your session has ended. Sign in again to keep saving.** Why it happens: sessions end after a period without use, and after a longer maximum time, for your security. What to do: click **Sign in again**. The funnel you had open stays on screen. Changes that couldn’t be saved are kept in this browser, and FunnelCreative offers to restore them after you sign in. See [Unsaved changes found](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#unsaved-changes-found). ### “This page’s security check is out of date” You see **This page’s security check is out of date. Reload the page and try again.** Why it happens: the page was opened before your sign-in changed, for example after you signed in again in another tab. The page’s security check no longer matches your session, so FunnelCreative refused the action. Nothing was changed. What to do: reload the page, then do the action again. ### “Your account doesn’t include FunnelCreative funnels yet” You see **Your account doesn’t include FunnelCreative funnels yet. Drafts you make are saved in this browser.**, or, when you start a funnel, **Your account doesn’t include FunnelCreative funnels yet, so this draft is saved in this browser.** Why it happens: the workspace you are in has no **FunnelCreative Commercial** plan. This is common for a teammate, whose own workspace has no plan. (An account that only bought **Campaign Vault** sees a different message; see [Campaign Vault only: recipes won’t start](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#vault-only-recipes).) What to do: - If someone added you to their workspace, switch to it. See [A teammate can’t see the workspace’s funnels](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#teammate-cant-see-funnels). - If you bought FunnelCreative, check you signed in with the address you used at JVZoo. See [You bought with a different email address](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#wrong-purchase-email). - Drafts you make meanwhile are kept in this browser, and you can import them later. See [Import your browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md#import-your-browser-drafts). ### A teammate can’t see the workspace’s funnels Why it happens: every sign-in opens the person’s own workspace first. A teammate’s own workspace is usually empty and has no plan, so they see **Your account doesn’t include FunnelCreative funnels yet. Drafts you make are saved in this browser.** The shared workspace is there, in the workspace menu. Adding someone to a workspace also sends them no email. What to do, as the teammate: 1. Sign in at [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) with the exact address you were added with. 2. Click the workspace name at the top of the sidebar to open **Your workspaces**. 3. Choose the shared workspace. The app opens **My funnels** there. 4. Do this after each sign-in: FunnelCreative always opens your own workspace first. What to do, as the owner or admin: check the address on the **Members of <workspace>** card in **Account & data**, and tell your teammate which address to use. A **Viewer** can see funnels but not leads. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ### “We couldn’t open that workspace” You see **We couldn’t open that workspace. Nothing changed; try again.** Why it happens: the switch didn’t reach FunnelCreative, often because of the connection. What to do: open **Your workspaces** and choose the workspace again. ### “Your role in this workspace can’t do that” You see **Your role in this workspace can’t do that.**, or a message such as **Only owners and admins can export leads.** Why it happens: each role can do different things. Viewers only read. Members can’t delete or export leads, export data or invite people. What to do: ask the workspace owner or an admin to do it, or to change your role. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ### “We couldn’t sign you out” You see **We couldn’t sign you out. Check your connection and try again.** What to do: check your connection, then click **Sign out** again. ### “Accounts aren’t available on this server yet” You see **Accounts aren’t available on this server yet.** Why it happens: this FunnelCreative server isn’t set up for accounts. Nothing is wrong with your account. What to do: you can still use the workspace without signing in. See [Working without signing in](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). ## Creating a funnel ### No recipe is suggested You see **No close match yet. Explore the recipes below to find your starting point.** Why it happens: **Find my starting point** matches words in your description against the recipes. No recipe shared enough words with yours. What to do: choose any recipe yourself. The suggestion is only a hint. See [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). ### “This funnel may already exist” Why it happens: the page reloaded, or the connection dropped, while FunnelCreative was creating your funnel. It can’t tell whether the funnel was made. What to do: click **Open My funnels** and look for it first. If it isn’t there, go back and click “Create it anyway”. FunnelCreative never makes two funnels from the same click without asking. ### “We couldn’t start this funnel” Why it happens: creating the funnel failed. The notice says why, for example **We couldn’t reach FunnelCreative. Check your connection; nothing was lost from this screen.** What to do: click **Try again**, or “Back to recipes” to choose again. ### “That recipe link isn’t available any more” You see **That recipe link isn’t available any more. Choose a starting point below.** and the **Recipe library** opens. What to do: choose a recipe from the library. ### Your workspace holds as many funnels as your plan stores You see **This workspace already holds as many funnels as your plan stores. Archive a funnel you no longer need, then try again. Nothing was created.** Why it happens: your plan stores a set number of funnels, published or not: the **Stored drafts** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). Creating a funnel, importing browser drafts and starting a funnel from a preset all count. Installing a Campaign Vault pack is never refused by this limit. What to do: the message suggests archiving a funnel, but funnels can’t be archived from the app in this release, and they can’t be deleted from it either. Nothing was created, and nothing you already have is affected. Keep working in the funnels you already have: you can change a funnel’s copy, form and page style at any time. Unpublishing a funnel doesn’t free room for another stored funnel. ### “This browser has 50 drafts” You see **This browser has 50 drafts. Open one from My funnels to keep creating.** Why it happens: without signing in, one browser holds up to 50 drafts. What to do: open an existing draft from **My funnels** and reuse it, or sign in and import your drafts into your workspace. See [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). ### A viewer can’t create funnels You see **You can view this workspace’s funnels but not create them. Ask an owner or admin to change your role.** The **New funnel** button is greyed out. What to do: ask the owner or an admin to change your role to **Member**. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ### Campaign Vault only: recipes won’t start You see **Your account includes Campaign Vault, so you can install a pack and edit it here. Starting a funnel from a recipe needs FunnelCreative.** Why it happens: starting from a recipe is part of **FunnelCreative Commercial**. **Campaign Vault** on its own lets you install and edit packs. What to do: click **Open Campaign Vault** to install a pack. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### This browser can’t save your drafts You see **Changes stay open here, but this browser can’t save them. Keep this tab open to retain your work.** Why it happens: the browser blocks site storage, for example in a private window. What to do: keep the tab open, or sign in so your funnels are saved in your workspace. ### Launch setup lists steps FunnelCreative doesn’t provide Why it happens: in a draft saved in this browser, **Launch setup** lists everything the recipe’s full planned journey would need, each marked **Required** or **Optional**. In a workspace funnel, a similar list sits at the bottom of **Launch setup**. None of these are features you can use in this release: they describe steps such as payments, course access or email delivery that FunnelCreative doesn’t provide. What to do: nothing. You don’t need any of them to publish the landing page and collect enquiries. See [Planned steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md#planned-steps). ### The Funnel journey tab marks steps as Planned Why it happens: the **Funnel journey** tab shows the recipe’s whole planned journey. Only the first step, the landing page, is editable. Every later step is marked **Planned**, including the confirmation step. Recipes with a form still get a real thank-you page. What to do: nothing. The planned steps are a guide, not features. See [Planned steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md#planned-steps). ### Importing browser drafts didn’t work - **Import didn’t run**: the import stopped before it finished. Click **Import my browser drafts** again. Drafts that already made it are listed as **Already in your workspace** and aren’t imported twice. - **Can’t be imported**: that draft wasn’t imported. The reason is shown next to it. The most common reason is your stored-funnel limit; see [Your workspace holds as many funnels as your plan stores](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#stored-funnel-limit). - **Changed since it was imported; the workspace copy was kept.**: the browser copy changed after an earlier import. The workspace keeps the imported copy. Your browser copy is still there. - **Confirm its facts again in the workspace.**: the draft came in, but its confirmed facts didn’t. Confirm them again on **Business facts**. See [Import your browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md#import-your-browser-drafts). ## Business facts ### Publishing waits for your facts You see “Still needed: audience, offer, promised next step.” (or some of them) on **Launch setup**, with **Confirm facts**. Why it happens: a funnel started from a recipe can’t be published until its three required facts are confirmed. For a funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack, publishing waits until every labelled blank is confirmed instead (see [Fill in the blanks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#fill-in-the-blanks)). Editing copy never waits for facts. What to do: click **Confirm facts**, then answer and confirm each question. See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). ### A suggested fact is wrong Why it happens: suggestions marked **Taken from your brief. Check it reads right.** are copied from your brief by simple rules, and they can pick the wrong words. A suggestion is never used until you confirm it. What to do: edit the text, then click the confirm button. To change a fact you already confirmed, click **Change**. ### Two choices are both called “Request received” Why it happens: for **Software trial to activation** and **Waitlist sign-ups**, the promised-next-step list includes a demo request and a resource request. Both are labelled **Request received**. What to do: read the statement under each choice. **Your demo request has been received. No time has been booked yet.** is the demo request. **Your request has been received. Nothing has been bought or booked.** is the resource request. See [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). ### The Assets question mentions uploading Why it happens: the hint under **What do you already have?** says **Uploading comes with owned assets; list them for now.** The **Assets** fact is a text list only. It doesn’t attach files. What to do: list what you have in words. To put an image on your page, upload it in the **Top of page** section. See [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). ## Editing and saving ### The editor refuses a change You see a red message under a field, such as “Headline can’t be empty. The last saved text is kept.” or “Headline can be at most 160 characters. The last saved text is kept.” Why it happens: each field has rules for what it can hold. Text boxes also stop taking typing at their maximum length. What to do: fix the text before you leave the field. When you leave a refused field, it goes back to the last saved text, and what you typed is lost. See [When the editor refuses a change](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#refused-edits). Other refusals you may see: - Above **Sections**: a message starting “That change isn’t allowed:”, or **That section isn’t on this funnel any more.** when another tab or a teammate changed the funnel. Moves that aren’t allowed have greyed-out buttons. - Sections that keep their place (the greyed-out move button’s tooltip): **The header always comes first.**, **The footer always comes last.**, **The top of the page stays first.** and **The thank-you message stays first.** - Sections you can’t hide: “<section> is part of how this funnel works, so it can’t be hidden.” This applies to **Top of page**, **Form**, **Application form** and **Thank-you message**. - Lists: a section holds a set number of items. At the minimum the remove button is greyed out, and at the maximum the add button is. To drop a whole list, hide the section instead. - Forms: “A form holds at most 12 fields.” and “This compact sign-up form holds at most 4 fields. Keep it short so more people finish it.” The email field has no remove button, and its **Required** box can’t be unticked. - Choice lists: “Choices can’t be empty.”, “A choice list holds at most 20 options.”, **Options can’t be empty.** and **Each option must be different.** See [Edit your form and consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md). ### A save failed The heading shows **Save failed**, with a reason: - **We couldn’t reach FunnelCreative. Check your connection; nothing was lost from this screen.** Check your connection. FunnelCreative saves again when you’re back online. - **Your session has ended. Sign in again to keep saving.** See [Your session ended](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#session-ended). - **This page’s security check is out of date. Reload the page and try again.** See [“This page’s security check is out of date”](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#security-check-out-of-date). - **Your role in this workspace can’t do that.** Your role can’t edit this funnel. - **That is too large to save in one go.** The funnel has grown too large to save. Shorten long text, or remove items you don’t need. - **Something went wrong on our side. Nothing was changed; try again.** When a save fails, the notice also offers **Export a copy**, which downloads your version as a file, so nothing is lost. ### You are offline You see “Changes stay on this screen. We’ll save them when you’re back online.” and the heading shows **Offline** or **Reconnecting...**. What to do: keep the tab open. Saving starts again when the connection is back. Click **Reconnect** to try straight away. ### “A newer version was saved elsewhere” You see **A newer version was saved elsewhere** and **Your workspace has a newer version than this tab. Nothing was overwritten.**, with a list of what differs. Why it happens: a teammate, or you in another tab, saved this funnel after this tab loaded it. FunnelCreative never overwrites a newer save without asking. What to do: choose one. - **Keep my version** saves your version on top of the newer one. - **Use the saved version** loads the newer one into this tab. Your unsaved changes here are dropped. - **Export a copy** downloads your version as a file first. If you see **This funnel was archived in another tab or by a teammate, so it can’t be saved. Export your version to keep it.**, only **Export my version** is offered. See [Save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#save-conflicts). ### “Unsaved changes found in this browser” Why it happens: changes from an earlier visit, or from before your session ended, didn’t reach your workspace. FunnelCreative kept them in this browser. What to do: click “Restore my changes” to save them now, or “Discard them”. This works only in the browser where you made the changes. ### Leaving asks you to confirm Why it happens: you tried to leave the page, switch workspace or sign out while some changes weren’t saved yet. You see **Some changes haven’t been saved to your workspace yet. Switch workspace anyway?** or **Some changes haven’t been saved to your workspace yet. Sign out anyway?** What to do: cancel, wait for the heading to show “Saved to your workspace”, then continue. ### Undo is greyed out Why it happens: undo steps belong to this visit only. They are cleared when you reload, restore a version or choose **Use the saved version**. What to do: every save is still in **Version history**. Restore the version you want. See [Version history](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#version-history). ### A version won’t restore - **Restore version N as a draft** is greyed out while **Saving your latest changes first…** shows. Wait for the save to finish. - **This is your current draft**: you picked the version you already have. - **A newer version was saved elsewhere, so nothing was restored. Review the latest version, then try again.** Someone saved in the meantime. Look at the latest version, then restore again if you still want to. ### “We can’t find that funnel” You see **We can’t find that funnel.** and **It isn’t in this workspace or this browser.** Why it happens: the link is for a funnel in another workspace, or a draft kept in another browser. What to do: switch to the right workspace from **Your workspaces**, or open the link in the browser where you made the draft. Click **Go to My funnels** to see what this workspace holds. ### You can view a funnel but not edit it You see **You can view this funnel but not edit it.** Your role in this workspace is **Viewer**. What to do: ask the owner or an admin to change your role to **Member**. See [Read-only view for viewers](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#read-only-view-for-viewers). ### Your brand kit doesn’t show in the editor preview Why it happens: the editor preview always uses the FunnelCreative look and never shows the badge. Brand kits apply to published pages. What to do: check your kit in the previews on **Brand & presets**, then publish. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). ## Images and files ### An upload was refused Messages you may see, and what to do: - **Images must be PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF.** Save the image in one of these formats. SVG isn’t accepted for images. - **Downloads must be a PDF or a PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF image.** Save the file as a PDF or an image. - A message that the image or file is too large. The message states the limit, and for images suggests a size. Export a smaller version. - “The image wasn’t uploaded (`quota_exceeded`). Nothing changed.” Your workspace has used all its upload storage. The app doesn’t show the size of that limit. - “The image wasn’t uploaded (`unsupported_type`). Nothing changed.” The file’s contents don’t match an accepted type, even if its name does. Save it again as PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF. - “The image wasn’t uploaded (`empty_upload`). Nothing changed.” The file is empty. Choose it again. - “We couldn’t reach FunnelCreative, so the image wasn’t uploaded.” Check your connection and try again. - “The image couldn’t be prepared for publishing. It isn’t attached.” or “The image couldn’t be attached. Nothing changed on your page.” Try again. - “Your role can’t attach images to this funnel.” Uploading needs the owner, admin or member role, and a **FunnelCreative Commercial** plan. The same messages say “file” instead of “image” for a download file. See [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). ### “This funnel already uses 24 files” You see **This funnel already uses 24 files. Remove one first.** What to do: remove an image or file the funnel no longer needs, then add the new one. Replacing an image doesn’t add to the count. ### An image isn’t attached You see **The file for this image isn’t attached, so the page is shown without it and it can’t be published yet. Choose an image again or remove it.** What to do: choose the image again from **Your uploaded images**, or click **Remove image**. ### An image doesn’t show in the preview You see **Attached. It’s too large to show in this preview, but it will appear on the published page.** Why it happens: very large images aren’t drawn in the editor preview. The image is attached and publishes normally. What to do: nothing, or export a smaller version for faster pages. ### A replaced image or file hasn’t changed on the live page Why it happens: your live page is fixed at the version you published. You see **Your live page shows this file. If you replace it, the live page keeps the current file until you publish again.** What to do: publish again from **Launch setup**. ### “We couldn’t check where this file is used” What to do: close and reopen the section. The file itself is unaffected. ## Publishing ### Publish is greyed out The publish button on **Launch setup** (it reads “Publish · version N”) stays greyed out until all of these are true: - All three business facts are confirmed. Look for “Still needed:” and click **Confirm facts**. See [Publishing waits for your facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#facts-still-needed). - The launch checks list is empty. Each item under **Before you publish version N** has a button that goes to its fix. The entries below explain each one. - Your latest edits are saved and checked. Wait while **Your latest edits are saving first.** or **Checking your latest version…** shows. - Nothing else is publishing, rolling back or unpublishing this funnel at the same moment. When nothing is blocking, you see **Ready to publish** and **Every page, form and email draft passed the launch checks.** You won’t see a Publish button at all when: - the version you are looking at is already live: **Version N is what visitors see. Edit the page to publish a new version.** - your role is **Viewer**: **Only owners, admins and members can publish, roll back or unpublish this funnel.** - the workspace has no hosting: see [“Publishing needs hosting”](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#publishing-needs-hosting). - the funnel is a draft saved in this browser: **Publishing works on workspace funnels.** Sign in and import it first. See [Working without signing in](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). ### A recipe funnel has no form You see launch checks such as “No lead form: B1 outcomes capture enquiries”, “No confirmation promise” and “Action hero-cta points at a planned step that is not implemented”. Why it happens: **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** and **Application to discovery call** create a page with no form in this release. Without a form there is nothing to collect, and no thank-you page. The editor can’t add a form, so these items can’t be fixed, and **Fix it in the page** can’t help. What to do: start a new funnel from a recipe that has a form, and copy your wording across. - Software, or a product launch: **Waitlist sign-ups**. - Ecommerce: **Waitlist sign-ups**. - Coaching: **Consultation enquiries**. - A course: **Webinar to course**. See the [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md) for which recipes collect enquiries. ### An email draft has a malformed placeholder You see launch checks such as “Email draft Email 1” with “Has a malformed placeholder”, and the button **Open email drafts**. Why it happens: the email drafts that come with every recipe contain tokens in double curly brackets, such as `{{first_name}}`. FunnelCreative doesn’t fill them in, so each one blocks publishing. The same check also catches any other stray `{{` or `}}` in your page or drafts. What to do: 1. Click **Open email drafts**. 2. In each draft, delete or replace every `{{…}}` token in **Subject** and “Email text”. For example, change `Hi {{first_name}},` to `Hi there,`. 3. Go back to **Launch setup** and check the list again. See [Remove the tokens before you publish](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md#remove-tokens). ### A section still has a placeholder for a fact You see a check such as “… still has the placeholder for offer; confirm that fact or edit the text”, with **Confirm the fact**. Why it happens: the copy holds a token such as `{{fact:offer}}` where a fact you haven’t confirmed would go. Campaign Vault packs start with these. What to do: click **Confirm the fact** and confirm it. Every matching placeholder fills in. Or edit the text by hand. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). ### A form has no consent statement You see **Has no consent statement. Visitors must be asked, with an unticked box, before they send their details.** under the form’s name. Why it happens: every new recipe funnel starts without a consent statement. A lead form needs one before it can be published. What to do: 1. Click **Add a consent statement**. 2. The box **Consent statement (shown beside an unticked box)** is filled in with **I agree to be contacted about my enquiry. My details are used only to reply to it.** Change it if you want. 3. Click **Save statement**. If you see **Rewrite the consent statement** instead, the statement you have makes a claim a form can’t make. Rewrite it in plain terms. See [Write the consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md#consent-statement). ### Copy claims something an enquiry can’t do You see a check such as “Landing page · Top of page · Button” with a message that the text claims payment, enrolment, booking or sending, “which an enquiry outcome cannot promise”. Why it happens: your funnel only collects an enquiry, so its copy can’t say anything was bought, booked, started or sent. Button text is checked more strictly than other text. What to do: click **Fix it in the page** and reword the line. Buttons such as “Join the waitlist”, “Request a quote” or “Register your interest” pass. See [Honesty checks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md). ### The headline or button text is empty You see “Hero headline is empty” or “Hero button text is empty”. What to do: click **Fix it in the page** and fill in **Headline** and **Button text** in **Funnel basics**. ### A file isn’t attached yet You see “File · <label>” with **No file is attached yet. Upload it (or choose one you’ve uploaded) before publishing.** Why it happens: a download section needs the file your visitors will get. Campaign Vault download packs come without the file: you make it. What to do: click **Attach the file**, then upload it or choose one you uploaded. See [Attach the file for a download section](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md#download-file). ### “Download files can’t be delivered here yet” You see **Download files can’t be delivered here yet: the download signing key for this environment has not been added.** Why it happens: this FunnelCreative server isn’t set up to deliver download files yet. It isn’t a problem with your funnel, and nothing in the page editor changes it, even though the item shows **Fix it in the page**. What to do: your funnel is saved. It can be published once the server is set up. ### No web address yet You see **Choose a web address for this funnel before publishing.** What to do: click **Choose a web address**, type an address and click **Save address**. See [Choose a web address](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md#choose-a-web-address). ### “That web address is taken” You see **That web address is taken** and **Choose a different address. Nothing was changed.** Why it happens: addresses are shared by every FunnelCreative funnel, so each one can belong to only one funnel. An address stays reserved for its funnel even after it is unpublished. What to do: add a word, your business name or a place, and save again. If **Save address** stays greyed out, the address breaks the rules: use lowercase letters, numbers and single hyphens, not starting or ending with a hyphen. A few words FunnelCreative uses itself, such as `app`, `api`, `admin` or `login`, can’t be used. You can change the address only while the funnel isn’t live. ### Your workspace has as many live funnels as its plan allows You see a check such as “This workspace already has N live funnels, the most its plan allows. Unpublish one to put this funnel live.”, or **Your plan doesn’t include live funnels, so this one can’t go live.** Why it happens: your plan allows a set number of live funnels at once: the **Live funnels** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). Republishing or rolling back a funnel that is already live never counts again. What to do: click **Choose a funnel to unpublish**, unpublish a funnel you no longer need live, then publish this one. Its leads and versions are kept. See [Take a funnel down](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md#take-a-funnel-down). ### “This funnel is archived” You see **This funnel is archived. Unarchive it before publishing.** Why it happens: the funnel was archived outside the app. There is no archive or unarchive control in the app in this release. What to do: work in another funnel. **Open My funnels** shows the rest of your workspace. ### “Publishing needs hosting” You see **Publishing needs a FunnelCreative plan that includes hosting. Everything already in this workspace, including installed Campaign Vault packs, stays here.** or **This workspace’s FunnelCreative hosting term has ended, so nothing new can be published. Your funnels and leads stay here.** Why it happens: publishing is part of **FunnelCreative Commercial**. A workspace with only **Campaign Vault**, or whose hosting term has ended, can edit but not publish. What to do: your funnel is saved and you can keep editing it. The launch checks still run, and show **Content checks passed** when the page is ready. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### “This server has no public web address for published pages yet” Why it happens: this FunnelCreative server isn’t set up to host published pages. Click **What this means** to see **Publishing needs this server’s public web address, which is set when FunnelCreative is deployed. Your funnel is saved; nothing was published.** What to do: nothing on your side. Keep editing. ### “This funnel changed after you reviewed it” Why it happens: someone saved a newer version between your review and your click. Nothing was published. What to do: click **Review the latest version**, check it, and publish again. ### “Someone else changed what’s live” Why it happens: this funnel was published, rolled back or taken down in another tab or by a teammate. Nothing was changed by your request. What to do: click **Check what’s live**, then try again if you still need to. See [If something goes wrong](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md#if-something-goes-wrong). ### “We couldn’t publish this version” You see **A stored file didn’t match what we rendered, so we stopped. What visitors see is unchanged. Try again.** What to do: try again. Your live page wasn’t touched. ### “That version can’t be restored” You see **Its published files are no longer complete. Nothing was changed.** after **Roll back to version N**. What to do: publish the version you want from the editor instead: restore it from **Version history**, then publish. ### “This workspace is scheduled for deletion” Why it happens: the workspace owner asked for the account or workspace to be deleted. Its published pages went offline, and nothing can be published or rolled back until the deletion is cancelled. What to do: the owner can click **Cancel deletion** on **Account & data**. Cancelling doesn’t republish anything: publish each funnel again from **Launch setup**. See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). ### Publishing status won’t load You see “We couldn’t load this funnel’s publishing status”. What to do: click **Try again**. ## Visitors and forms ### A visitor sees “Too many attempts” The visitor sees **Too many attempts in a short time. Nothing was saved. Please wait a moment and try again.** Their answers stay in the form. Why it happens: to stop spam without a puzzle for people to solve, FunnelCreative refuses a form sent unusually fast after the page opened, and refuses many attempts in a short time from one connection or to one form. What to do: the visitor waits a moment and sends the form again. When you test your own page, fill it in at a normal pace. ### A visitor sees “Something in the form didn’t look right” The visitor sees **Something in the form didn’t look right. Check your answers and try again.** Why it happens: most often the page was left open for a long time before the form was sent. Each page view carries a check that expires. What to do: the page reloads with a fresh check and the answers kept, so sending again works. ### A visitor sees an error next to a field A summary headed **There is a problem** links to each field that needs attention: - **This field is required.** - “Enter an email address like `name@example.com`.” - **This answer is too long. Please shorten it.** - **Choose one of the listed options.** - **Tick the box to agree before you send your details.** The visitor’s other answers are kept. ### A visitor sees “Your details could not be sent” The visitor sees **Your details could not be sent. Nothing was saved. Please try again in a moment.**, or a plain page saying “We could not confirm your enquiry just now. Please go back and send the form again in a moment; if it already arrived, it will not be stored twice.” Why it happens: FunnelCreative couldn’t store the enquiry at that moment. A lead is always stored before the thank-you page shows, so no lead is half-saved. What to do: the visitor sends the form again. A repeated send from the same page view is stored once. ### A form says it’s no longer accepting enquiries The visitor sees “This form is no longer accepting enquiries.” Why it happens: the funnel was unpublished, its workspace is scheduled for deletion, or the page was opened from a version that was replaced more than 24 hours ago. What to do: the visitor reloads the page. If the funnel is live, the current form works. ### The page shows “Not found” Why it happens: the funnel isn’t published at that address. Unpublishing takes the page down at once. An address that was never saved also shows “Not found”. What to do: check the address on **Launch setup**, and publish if you meant the page to be live. ### The page is temporarily unavailable Visitors see “This page is temporarily unavailable.” What to do: wait a moment and reload. Your funnel and leads aren’t affected. ### A visitor’s download link has expired The visitor sees “This download link is not valid or has expired. Please send the form again.” Why it happens: the download button on the thank-you page works for the visitor who just sent the form, for 30 minutes. It stops working after that, and also if you deleted their lead, unpublished the funnel or published a new version. What to do: the visitor sends the form again to get a fresh link. Someone who opens the thank-you page without sending the form sees **Please use the form above** and **Go to the form**. If the visitor sees “This file is temporarily unavailable.”, they can try again in a moment. ### The form in the editor preview doesn’t work Why it happens: forms in previews are switched off, so they never collect details. You see **Draft · not live** (or **Sample · not live** for a draft saved in this browser) above the preview. What to do: publish, then test the form on your live page. ## Leads, analytics and email drafts ### You can’t see leads You see **Viewers can’t see leads: they’re your visitors’ personal details.** What to do: ask the owner or an admin for the **Member** role, or ask them to check the leads. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ### You can’t export or delete leads You see **Only owners and admins can export leads.** or **Only owners and admins can delete leads.** What to do: ask the owner or an admin. **Export CSV** is also greyed out while the list is empty or still loading. ### Export limit: three exports a day You see **You can prepare three exports a day. Try again tomorrow, or download the one you already have.** on **Account & data**. Why it happens: **Export your data** can prepare three exports per workspace each day, one at a time. What to do: click **Download** on the export you already prepared, or try again the next day. If you see **That export has expired. Prepare a new one.**, click **Prepare export**. An export stays downloadable for the number of days shown under **Export your data** (**Settings → Account & data**). To get just your leads, use **Export CSV** in the lead inbox instead. ### Leads won’t load You see “We couldn’t load leads”. What to do: click **Try again**. If you see **That lead isn’t in this workspace any more.**, someone deleted it. ### No leads match You see **No leads match these filters. Clear them to see every lead.** What to do: click **Clear filters**. ### Cells in the CSV start with an apostrophe Why it happens: a cell that starts with `=`, `+`, `-` or `@` could be run as a formula by a spreadsheet. FunnelCreative adds an apostrophe in front so it stays plain text. What to do: nothing. Your spreadsheet shows the original text. ### A lead that arrived during an export is missing Why it happens: an export includes the leads that matched when it started. What to do: export again. ### Marking a lead as Spam didn’t stop it Why it happens: **Spam** is a status for sorting your inbox. It doesn’t delete the lead or block the sender. What to do: to remove the lead, use **Delete this lead** (owners and admins). ### Analytics shows “—” or zeros Why it happens: the conversion shows **—** when there are no views to divide by. A funnel that hasn’t been published shows **This funnel hasn’t been published, so there is nothing to count yet. Every number below is zero.** Your own visits to your live page in a normal browser count as views. Previews inside the app don’t. See [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md). ### Email draft buttons are missing or copying fails - **Downloads use the saved version; saving your changes first…**: the download buttons come back once the draft is saved. - **Your browser didn’t allow copying. Download the .txt file instead.**: click **Download .txt**. - Refused edits: **The subject can’t be empty.**, **The subject must be one line.**, **Preview text must be one line.** and **The email needs some text.**, plus length limits on the subject, preview text and email text. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). ### The Write with AI panel has no buttons The panel says “AI writing isn’t switched on yet — edit the copy yourself”. Why it happens: AI writing isn’t switched on for customers yet. You write and edit every word yourself, and nothing on your page changes without you. AI drafting from your confirmed facts switches on once its quality evaluation passes. What to do: write and edit your copy by hand. See [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md). ## Brand kits ### Your brand kit won’t save - **Save kit** is greyed out, and the contrast check lists pairs below WCAG AA: some text would be hard to read. Click **Use suggested colours**, or **Save with automatic fixes**. If you see **These colours cannot be made readable automatically. Choose a lighter page background or darker text.**, change the colours yourself. - **Not saved: some text would be hard to read. Use the suggested colours or “Save with automatic fixes”.**: the same, reported after you clicked save. - **Not saved: this plan’s brand-kit limit is reached. Archive a kit first.**: your plan allows the **Brand kits** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). Archive a kit you no longer use. - **Saving brand kits is a Pro feature. You can try colours and fonts here.**, or **Not saved: brand kits are a Pro feature on this workspace’s plan.**: brand kits need **Pro**. - “Only owners and admins can edit brand kits. This is a read-only view.”: members can create new kits but not edit existing ones. - **Logos must be PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF (SVG files are downloads only).**: save the logo as PNG or WebP. - **That logo is over 150 KB. Export a smaller PNG or WebP (about 480 px wide is plenty).** See [Brand kits, the badge and presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). ### A kit or badge change doesn’t show on your live page Why it happens: live pages keep the look they were published with. What to do: publish each funnel again. Kit, default-kit and badge changes apply from the next publish. ## Campaign Vault ### The Campaign Vault won’t load You see “We couldn’t load the Campaign Vault”. What to do: click **Try again**. ### A pack won’t install - **That workspace can’t receive Campaign Vault packs. Nothing was installed.**: choose a workspace that has **Campaign Vault** and where your role can install. - **Your role in this workspace can’t install packs.**: viewers can’t install. Ask for the **Member** role. - **Previews only on this workspace**: this workspace doesn’t have **Campaign Vault**. You can still read every pack’s description. If another of your workspaces has it, **Install** lets you choose that workspace. - **The pack was installed, but we couldn’t switch to that workspace. Switch to it from the menu to open the new funnel.**: open **Your workspaces** and choose it. Each install makes a new funnel. Installing the same pack twice makes two funnels. ### Pack facts won’t confirm - **Saving your latest edits first…**: wait for the save to finish. - **This funnel changed since you opened it. We loaded the latest version; nothing was saved. Check it and try again.**: check the latest version, then confirm again. - After you confirm a fact, change its wording in **Page design** or **Email drafts**. The ad angles, outline and checklist keep the value you confirmed. If you used **Use the example facts as a starting point**, replace every example value with your own before you publish. The example business is made up. See [Fill in the blanks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#fill-in-the-blanks). ### Ad angles or the checklist don’t show - **The ad angles, lead-magnet outline, checklist and pack updates are part of Campaign Vault, which this workspace doesn’t have. Your funnel page stays here.**: this workspace doesn’t have **Campaign Vault** now. The funnel itself stays. - **This pack revision isn’t available on this server any more, so its ad angles can’t be shown.**: the pack revision your funnel came from isn’t on this server. Your funnel is unaffected. See [Ad angles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#ad-angles). ## Your account and data ### Data export problems - **Only the workspace owner or an admin can export its data.** - **The download did not start. Reload the page and try again.** - **Could not be prepared**: click **Prepare export** again. See [Export limit: three exports a day](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#export-limit). ### Inviting a teammate fails - **The invitation wasn’t saved.** with **Something went wrong on our side. Nothing was changed; try again.**: this also happens when the person is already a member. Check the **Members of <workspace>** list. - **Only the owner and admins can invite or remove members.** - **The owner’s role can’t be changed here.**, **You can’t change your own role.** and **The owner can’t be removed.** Adding a teammate sends them no email. Tell them to sign in with the address you added. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ### Deleting a workspace is refused You see **Your first workspace can only be deleted by closing your account.** What to do: use **Close your account** on **Account & data**. See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). ### Your pages went offline after closing your account Why it happens: closing your account takes the published pages of every workspace you own offline at once, and schedules the deletion after a cooling-off period: the number of days shown under **Close your account** (**Settings → Account & data**). What to do: to keep your account, click **Cancel deletion** before that date. Nothing is deleted, and nothing is republished: publish each funnel again from **Launch setup**. After the deletion runs, buying again with the same email address starts a new, empty account. ## Related - [Frequently asked questions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/faq.md) - [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md) - [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) - [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md) - [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/faq # Frequently asked questions > Short answers to the questions FunnelCreative owners ask most, from signing in and choosing a recipe to publishing, leads, plans, teams, Campaign Vault and privacy. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/faq Each answer is short, with a link to the page that explains it in full. If your question is about an error message, see [Troubleshooting](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md). ## Getting in ### I bought FunnelCreative on JVZoo. How do I get in? Open the email with the subject **Sign in to FunnelCreative to use your purchase** and click **Sign in to FunnelCreative**. If that link has stopped working, go to [the sign-in page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/login) and enter the email address you used at JVZoo. See [Getting started](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started.md). ### Where is my password? There isn’t one. Each time you sign in, FunnelCreative emails a one-time link to your address. See [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md). ### The sign-in email hasn’t arrived. What should I do? Check you typed the address you used at JVZoo, or the one your teammate added, and look in your spam or junk folder. The screen looks the same whether or not an email was sent, so it can’t tell you which. See [The sign-in email doesn’t arrive](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#sign-in-email-not-arriving). ### How long does a sign-in link last, and how long do I stay signed in? A link works once, for 15 minutes after you ask for it. After you sign in, your session ends after a period without use, or after a longer maximum time. Signing out ends it in that browser straight away. See [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md). ### Can I sign in on another device or browser? Yes. Ask for a link on that device and open it there. A link opened in a different browser from the one that asked for it still works, after a warning. See [Signing in and out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/sign-in.md). ### I bought with the wrong email address. Can I change it? You can’t change your account’s email address, or move a purchase to another account, yourself in the app. Sign in with the address you used at JVZoo. See [You bought with a different email address](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#wrong-purchase-email). ### Can I use FunnelCreative without signing in? Yes. You can pick a recipe, edit the basics, confirm facts and preview, and your drafts are kept in that browser. Publishing and collecting leads need a signed-in workspace. See [Working without signing in, and importing browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md). ## Creating ### What should I type in “Describe your funnel”? Does it create anything? Describe your offer and what you want visitors to do, in up to 2,500 characters. Clicking **Find my starting point** creates nothing and runs no AI: it shows all recipes and highlights a suggested one. Your description is saved with each new funnel as its original brief. See [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). ### Why was this recipe suggested? Can I choose a different one? The suggestion matches words in your description against the recipes, and one card gets a **Suggested** tag. It is only a hint: you can choose any recipe. See [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). ### Which recipe should I pick, and which ones collect leads? Pick a recipe whose form asks for what you need. Seven recipes have a form, for example **Waitlist sign-ups**, **Webinar to course**, **Consultation enquiries** and **Quote requests**. **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** and **Application to discovery call** have no form in this release, so they can’t be published: use **Waitlist sign-ups** for software and ecommerce, and **Consultation enquiries** for coaching. See the [Recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md). ### What are business facts, and why do I have to confirm them? They are three short answers: **Audience**, **Offer** and **Promised next step**. Only facts you confirm are used, so your page never rests on a guess. Publishing waits until all three are confirmed. For a funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack, publishing waits for every labelled blank instead. See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). ### What does “Promised next step” mean, and what will my thank-you page say? It is what happens after someone sends your form, chosen from a fixed list that depends on your recipe. Your thank-you page states it word for word, for example **Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for.** See [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). ### What is a placeholder, and why does it block publishing? A placeholder such as `{{fact:offer}}` marks the spot where a fact you haven’t confirmed would go. Confirming the fact fills it in everywhere. Any placeholder left on your page or in an email draft stops publishing, so nothing unconfirmed goes live. See [Business facts, confirmation and placeholders](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/facts-and-placeholders.md). ### What are the later steps on the Funnel journey tab? They are planned steps, shown as a guide to the recipe’s full journey. In this release only the landing page is built and editable, plus a thank-you page for recipes with a form. See [Planned steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md#planned-steps). ### Can I fill in my facts from my website? No, not in this release. Type or paste your facts into **Business facts** yourself. See [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md). ### Can I add, delete or move a section to another page? No. You can move sections up or down within their page, and hide the optional ones. You can’t add, delete or move a section to another page. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). ### Why can’t I move the top section or hide the form? Some sections are part of how the funnel works. The header always comes first and the footer last, and the top of the page and the thank-you message stay first on their pages. The top of the page, the form and the thank-you message can’t be hidden. See [When the editor refuses a change](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#refused-edits). ### Does FunnelCreative save automatically? Yes. Every change saves to your workspace shortly after you stop typing, and the heading says so. There is no Save button. See [How saving works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#saving). ### What happens if I edit the same funnel in two tabs, or a teammate edits it too? FunnelCreative never overwrites a newer save without asking. If someone saved first, you see **A newer version was saved elsewhere** and choose which version to keep. See [Save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#save-conflicts). ### How do I get an old version back? Will it change my live page? Open **Version history**, pick a version and restore it. Restoring makes it your newest draft and never changes your live page: publish when you are ready. See [Version history](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md#version-history). ### How many versions are kept? Every save is kept as a version for as long as the funnel exists. Undo steps, by contrast, last only for your current visit. See [Undo, version history and save conflicts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/versions-and-undo.md). ### What’s the difference between the page styles? Will switching lose my text? The 3 page styles change the layout, not just the colours. Switching keeps all your copy. The editor and **Brand & presets** use different names for the same styles: - Warm editorial (called Editorial in Brand & presets) - Bold launch (called Launch in Brand & presets) - Clear & professional (called Service in Brand & presets) See [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md). ### What images can I upload, and why isn’t my image in the preview? You can add a PNG, JPEG, WebP or GIF image to the **Top of page** section. Very large images are attached but not drawn in the editor preview; they appear on the published page. See [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). ### What should I write in “Image description”? Describe what the image shows, for people who use screen readers. Leave it empty if the image is only decoration. See [Write an image description](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md#image-description). ### Can I reuse an image in another funnel? Yes. Choose it from **Your uploaded images** and click **Use this image**. The image section also shows which funnels already use each file. See [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). ### Can I remove the email field, or add a phone number field? The email field always stays, and stays required: it’s how you reply to each lead. To ask for a phone number, add a **Short answer** field and label it yourself. See [Edit your form and consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md). ### Can I pre-tick the consent box? No. Visitors tick the consent box themselves; it is never pre-ticked. Every form needs a consent statement before it can be published. See [Write the consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md#consent-statement). ### Can I add custom code, HTML, scripts or tracking pixels? No. Every field on your page is plain text, and published pages run no scripts. See [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md). ### Can I see how my page looks on a phone? Yes. Use the phone button above the preview on **Page design** to see your page at phone width. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md). ### How do I make a copy of a funnel for a new campaign? With **Pro**, save the funnel as a preset on **Brand & presets**, then click **New funnel from preset**. A preset keeps the recipe, page style, kit and section copy, never your facts, testimonials, email drafts or leads. See [Presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#presets). ### Are the pages FunnelCreative publishes accessible? They are built with labelled form fields, ordered headings, visible focus and readable colours, and they pass automated accessibility checks. They haven’t yet been tested with a person using assistive technology, so FunnelCreative makes no compliance claim. See [Accessibility of your published pages](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/accessibility.md). ## Writing and AI ### Does FunnelCreative write my page with AI today? AI writing isn’t switched on for customers yet. You write and edit every word yourself, and nothing on your page changes without you. AI drafting from your confirmed facts switches on once its quality evaluation passes. See [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md). ### Will AI change my page without asking? No. AI writing isn’t switched on yet: you write and edit the copy yourself. See [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md). ### What does “Keep my wording” do? It tells AI writing to leave that section exactly as it is. Until AI writing is switched on, it has one effect: on a funnel installed from a Campaign Vault pack, applying a pack update leaves a ticked section exactly as it is. See [Keep my wording](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#keep-my-wording). ### What are AI units, and why do I see them? AI units are used only by AI writing, from a monthly allowance shown as the **AI units a month** figure on your Plan card (**Settings → Brand & presets → Plan**). The **AI units this month** tile on **My funnels** shows how many you’ve used. Writing and editing by hand never uses them. AI writing isn’t switched on yet, so the allowance has no use until it is. ### Can I use my own AI assistant to help? Yes. Give it the FunnelCreative guide and your brief, then check what it writes before you paste it in. See [Using FunnelCreative with your AI assistant](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant.md). ## Publishing ### Where does my funnel live, and can I use my own domain? Your funnel is published on a FunnelCreative web address, with an address name you choose. Custom domains aren’t available in this release. See [Publish your funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md). ### How do I choose or change my funnel’s address? On **Launch setup**, under **Web address**, type lowercase letters, numbers and single hyphens, then click **Save address**. The **Change** link appears only while the funnel isn’t live. See [Choose a web address](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/publish-your-funnel.md#choose-a-web-address). ### Why is the Publish button greyed out? Something still needs fixing: unconfirmed facts, a launch check, or edits that are still saving. **Launch setup** lists each one with a button that takes you to the fix. See [Publish is greyed out](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#publish-greyed-out). ### Why does my new funnel say it has no consent statement? Every new recipe funnel starts without one. Click **Add a consent statement** in **Launch setup**, check the suggested wording, and click **Save statement**. See [A form has no consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#no-consent-statement). ### Why do my email drafts stop my funnel from publishing? The drafts that come with every recipe contain tokens such as `{{first_name}}`, which FunnelCreative doesn’t fill in. Delete or replace each one on **Email drafts**. See [Remove the tokens before you publish](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md#remove-tokens). ### Why can’t I publish a funnel from one of the recipes without a form? **Software trial to activation**, **Product offer with optional upsell** and **Application to discovery call** make a page with no form in this release, and the editor can’t add one. Start a new funnel from **Waitlist sign-ups** or **Consultation enquiries** instead. See [A recipe funnel has no form](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#recipe-has-no-form). ### Why does a button like “Book now” stop my page from publishing? Your funnel only collects an enquiry, so a button can’t offer to buy, book, enrol or download. Use words that ask for the enquiry, such as “Request a quote” or “Join the waitlist”. See [Honesty checks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md). ### What do visitors see after they send the form? Do they get an email? They see your thank-you page, which states your promised next step word for word, then your own message and next steps. FunnelCreative sends them no email. See [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). ### Is the lead saved if the visitor closes the page straight away? Yes. The lead is stored before the thank-you page appears, so closing the page afterwards loses nothing. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ### How do you stop spam without a puzzle for visitors? Each form has hidden checks: a field only bots fill in, a check that expires after a while, and limits on forms sent too fast or too often. A real visitor who trips one sees a clear message and can send the form again. See [A visitor sees “Too many attempts”](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#visitor-too-many-attempts). ### What happens to my leads when I publish a new version, roll back or unpublish? Every lead is kept, each with the number of the version it came from. See [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md). ### Can people who opened the old version still send the form? Yes, for 24 hours after a newer version or a rollback goes live, as long as the funnel stays published. See [Update, roll back or take down a live funnel](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/change-rollback-unpublish.md). ### How do I remove “Made with FunnelCreative”? With **Pro**, an owner or admin ticks **Hide the badge on published pages** on **Brand & presets**. It applies from each funnel’s next publish. See [The “Made with FunnelCreative” badge](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#badge). ### I changed my brand kit or hid the badge. Why does my live page look the same? Live pages keep the look they were published with. Publish each funnel again to apply the change. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). ### Can I use my own colours and fonts on FunnelCreative Commercial? No. Brand kits are part of **Pro**. On **FunnelCreative Commercial** you can try colours and fonts with **Try the kit editor**, but you can’t save a kit. See [On FunnelCreative Commercial](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md#on-funnelcreative-commercial). ### Why won’t my brand colours save? Every text and background pair must pass WCAG AA contrast, so your page stays readable. Click **Use suggested colours** or **Save with automatic fixes**. See [Your brand kit won’t save](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#brand-kit-wont-save). ### Can I publish a draft saved only in my browser? No. Sign in, bring it into your workspace with **Import my browser drafts**, then publish it from there. See [Import your browser drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/browser-drafts.md#import-your-browser-drafts). ## Leads ### Where do I see leads from all my funnels? Open **My funnels** and choose **All leads**. You can filter by funnel, status and date, or search. See [All leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#all-leads). ### Who on my team can see, change, export or delete leads? Owners, admins and members can read leads, set their status and add notes. Only owners and admins can export or delete them. Viewers never see leads. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ### What is in the CSV export, and why do some cells start with an apostrophe? One row per lead: when it arrived, the funnel and version, the form, its status, the consent record and one column per question. A cell that starts with `=`, `+`, `-` or `@` gets an apostrophe in front, so a spreadsheet can’t run it as a formula. See [Export to CSV](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#export-csv). ### Will FunnelCreative email my leads, or tell me when a lead arrives? No. FunnelCreative doesn’t email your leads, and it doesn’t tell you when a lead arrives. Check the **Leads** tab for new enquiries, and reply from your own email tool, starting from the drafts on **Email drafts**. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). ### Can I connect my CRM or email tool? No integrations or webhooks are available in this release. Use **Export CSV** and import the file into your own tools. See [What FunnelCreative does not do (yet)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release.md). ### What do the analytics count? Do my own visits count? Landing-page views and accepted form submissions, per published version and per day, and their ratio. Bots, previews inside the app and refused submissions aren’t counted. Your own visits to your live page in a normal browser do count. See [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md). ### Is there revenue or booking tracking? No. Analytics counts views and submissions only, because funnels don’t take payments or bookings. See [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md). ### What happens if I delete a lead? Does it change my analytics? Its answers, consent record and notes are erased for good, and it can’t be undone. Your analytics keep counting the submission. See [Delete a lead](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#delete-a-lead). ## Plans and limits ### What does each plan give me? **FunnelCreative Commercial** lets you create, edit and publish funnels, collect and export leads, and use email drafts. **Pro** adds brand kits, presets and hiding the badge, and needs **FunnelCreative Commercial**. **Campaign Vault** gives you 25 ready-made campaign packs to install and edit; publishing them needs **FunnelCreative Commercial**. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### I bought Pro or Campaign Vault. Where do I see it? Buy with the same email address and it goes into the same workspace. The **Plan** card on **Brand & presets** shows your plan, and **Campaign Vault** in the sidebar lets you install packs. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### How many live funnels, stored funnels and AI units do I have? Your current allowances are on the **Plan** card on **Brand & presets**: **Live funnels**, **Stored drafts** and **AI units a month**. The **My funnels** tiles show what you’ve used. These numbers are still being finalised, so this help doesn’t print them. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### What happens when I reach a limit? You see a plain message, and nothing is created or published. At the live-funnel limit, unpublish a funnel you no longer need live. See [Your workspace has as many live funnels as its plan allows](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#live-funnel-limit) and [Your workspace holds as many funnels as your plan stores](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#stored-funnel-limit). ### Isn’t there a free trial, a lifetime deal or an unlimited plan? No. FunnelCreative has no free trial, no unlimited plan and no lifetime hosting. Your account comes from a purchase on JVZoo, and your allowances are shown on your **Plan** card. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### What happens if I get a refund? If **FunnelCreative Commercial** is refunded, the workspace can no longer create, edit or publish funnels, and what it already holds stays and can be exported. If **Pro** is refunded, your pages go back to the FunnelCreative look, with the badge, from their next publish. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### What happens when my hosting term ends? Nothing new can be published. You see **This workspace’s FunnelCreative hosting term has ended, so nothing new can be published. Your funnels and leads stay here.** See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### Where are the support, privacy and terms pages? The [Support](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/support), [Privacy](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/privacy) and [Terms](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/terms) pages are placeholders in this preview of FunnelCreative, marked **Placeholder · not approved for launch**. See [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md). ## Team ### How do I add a teammate, and what can each role do? An owner or admin opens **Account & data**, clicks **Invite a teammate**, enters the email address and chooses a role. No invitation email is sent, so tell them to sign in with that address. Admins can also invite people, export data and manage brand kits; members edit, publish and work the lead inbox; viewers only read and never see leads. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ### My teammate says they can’t see my funnels. Every sign-in opens a person’s own workspace first. Your teammate opens **Your workspaces** at the top of the sidebar and chooses yours. See [A teammate can’t see the workspace’s funnels](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#teammate-cant-see-funnels). ### Can I create a second workspace, or rename mine? No. Each account has one workspace of its own, called **My workspace**, and you can’t create or rename workspaces in the app. You can belong to other people’s workspaces and switch with **Your workspaces**. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ### Can a viewer create funnels or change facts? No. Viewers can read funnels, publishing status and analytics. They can’t create or edit anything, and they never see leads. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## Campaign Vault ### What is in a Campaign Vault pack? A landing page with one form and a thank-you page, five follow-up email drafts, three ad angles, a lead-magnet outline and a setup checklist, with labelled blanks for your own details. 6 of the 25 packs are download packs, which hand your own file to visitors on the thank-you page. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### Do I need FunnelCreative Commercial to use Campaign Vault? Not to install and edit packs. Publishing, uploading images or files, and starting funnels from recipes need **FunnelCreative Commercial**. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ### Why can’t I publish my installed pack? Publishing needs **FunnelCreative Commercial** hosting, every blank confirmed on **Business facts**, and, for a download pack, the file you made. **Launch setup** lists what’s missing. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### Does FunnelCreative send the pack’s emails or run its ads? No. The emails and ad angles are drafts: copy them into your own email and ad tools. FunnelCreative doesn’t send email, and it doesn’t place, run or pay for ads. See [Ad angles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#ad-angles). ### Is the example business on my page? No. The example business is made up and appears only in the gallery preview. You can load its facts as a starting point with **Use the example facts as a starting point**, then replace each one with your own before you publish. See [Fill in the blanks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#fill-in-the-blanks). ### How do I change a detail after I confirmed it? Change its wording in **Page design** or **Email drafts**. The ad angles, outline and checklist keep the value you confirmed. See [Fill in the blanks](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#fill-in-the-blanks). ### Where are the setup checklist and the lead-magnet outline? On the **Launch setup** tab of the installed funnel, above the publish controls. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### Does a pack include the lead-magnet file? No. You make the file. For a download pack, upload it in the **Download** section; visitors get it on the thank-you page after they send the form, and nothing is emailed. See [Attach the file for a download section](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md#download-file). ### How long does a visitor’s download link last? 30 minutes, for the visitor who sent the form, on the version that was live when they sent it. See [A visitor’s download link has expired](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#download-link-expired). ### Can I install a pack into another workspace, or more than once? Yes. **Install** lets you choose any of your workspaces that has **Campaign Vault** and where your role can install. Each install makes a new, separate funnel, so installing a pack twice gives you two funnels. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### What happens when a pack is updated? Will my edits be overwritten? Updates are never applied for you. If a newer revision of your pack is released, **Launch setup** shows **Update available**, and you can take only the changes to text you haven’t edited. A pack you install today is on its newest revision. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### Which revision of a pack is my funnel on? The install dialog and **Launch setup** show it, as “revision N”. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### Are new Vault packs added every month? No. Campaign Vault is the 25 packs listed in the pack reference. See the [Campaign Vault pack reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/vault-packs.md). ### What do I see without Campaign Vault? Every pack’s preview and description, under **Previews only on this workspace**. Installing a pack, and reading its emails, ads, outline and checklist, need **Campaign Vault**. See [Campaign Vault: install and use a pack](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md). ### Can viewers install or edit packs? No. Viewers can look at installed funnels, but they can’t install or edit packs. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ### Where do leads from a pack funnel go? To the same **Leads** tab and **All leads** list as any other funnel, once the funnel is published. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ### How is the Recipe library different from Campaign Vault? The **Recipe library** has 10 recipes for starting a funnel of your own, as part of **FunnelCreative Commercial**. **Campaign Vault** is 25 finished campaign packs, each with pages, email drafts, ad angles, an outline and a checklist. See [Recipes, audiences and page styles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes-and-layouts.md). ## Data and privacy ### Are my visitors’ details sent to AI? Do published pages set cookies? Your visitors’ details are never sent to AI providers. Published pages set no cookies, and a lead holds only the visitor’s answers and their consent record. See [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md). ### How do I download all my data? An owner or admin opens **Account & data**, clicks **Prepare export**, then **Download**. The file holds every funnel in the workspace with its versions, facts, email drafts and leads, plus a list of uploaded files. You can prepare three exports a day. See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). ### A visitor asked me to delete their details. How? Search for their email address in your lead inbox, open the lead and choose **Delete this lead**. Their answers, consent record and notes are erased at once. Export first if you need a record that you did it. See [Delete a lead](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#delete-a-lead). ### How do I close my account? Can I undo it? On **Account & data**, type `DELETE` and click “Close account”. Your published pages go offline at once, and everything is deleted after a waiting period, shown as the number of days shown under **Close your account** (**Settings → Account & data**). Until then, **Cancel deletion** keeps your account, and you publish each funnel again yourself. See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). ### How long do you keep my data? Every period, including how long funnels, versions, images and leads are kept, is listed under **How long we keep things** on **Account & data**. How long leads are kept: the **Leads** line under **How long we keep things** (**Settings → Account & data**). See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release # What FunnelCreative does not do (yet) > The things FunnelCreative doesn’t do in this release, stated plainly, with what to do instead for each. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/not-in-this-release Every funnel you make with FunnelCreative collects an enquiry: interest, a waitlist sign-up, a demo request, an application, a quote request, a general enquiry or a resource request. This page lists what FunnelCreative doesn’t do in this release, so you can plan around it from the start. Each item says what isn’t there and what to do instead. ## No payments or checkout on your funnels Your funnels don’t take payments, show prices at a checkout or process orders. A visitor sends an enquiry, and the thank-you page states your promised next step, which says what hasn’t happened, for example “Nothing has been booked or paid for.” What to do instead: reply to each enquiry, and handle any payment in the payment tool you already use. ## No bookings or scheduling Your funnels don’t book appointments, calls, tables or sessions, and there is no calendar. The **Appointment requests** and **Table enquiries** recipes ask for a preferred day and time, and the thank-you page says nothing has been booked yet. What to do instead: reply to each enquiry and agree a time yourself, using your own calendar or booking tool. ## No course enrolment or course hosting FunnelCreative doesn’t enrol students, host lessons or give anyone course access. The **Webinar to course** recipe registers interest in a workshop; the later steps on its **Funnel journey** tab are planned steps, not features. What to do instead: collect interest with FunnelCreative, then follow up from the platform that hosts your course. ## No trials or accounts for your visitors Your funnels don’t start free trials, create accounts or give visitors a login. A waitlist sign-up or demo request is an enquiry only. What to do instead: use **Waitlist sign-ups** to collect interest, then invite people into your product yourself. ## No email sending FunnelCreative doesn’t send email of any kind from your funnels: no autoresponders, no sequences, no broadcasts to your leads, and no notification to you when a lead arrives. The email drafts on each funnel are drafts only. What to do instead: check the **Leads** tab for new enquiries. Copy or download each email draft with **Copy text**, **Download .txt** or **Download .eml**, and reply from your own email tool. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). ## No custom domains You can’t connect a domain of your own. Every funnel is published on a FunnelCreative web address, with an address name you choose. On **Brand & presets**, the **Custom domains** row starts with **Not available yet**. What to do instead: link to your funnel’s FunnelCreative address from your website, social profiles, emails and ads. ## No CRM, integrations or webhooks FunnelCreative doesn’t connect to other tools. Leads leave FunnelCreative only when you export them. What to do instead: use **Export CSV** in your lead inbox and import the file into your own tools. See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md). ## No split testing You can’t run two versions of a page against each other at the same time. What to do instead: publish a new version, then compare its numbers on the **Analytics** tab, which counts views and submissions for each published version. See [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md). ## No revenue or sales reports Analytics doesn’t report revenue, bookings or sales, because your funnels don’t take payments or bookings. It counts landing-page views and accepted form submissions, and shows the conversion rate between them. What to do instead: track sales in the tool you use for payments. ## No filling in facts from your website FunnelCreative can’t read your website to fill in your business facts. What to do instead: type or paste your facts into **Business facts** yourself. Your own AI assistant can help you draft the answers from your website text; see [Using FunnelCreative with your AI assistant](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant.md). ## AI writing AI writing isn’t switched on for customers yet. You write and edit every word yourself, and nothing on your page changes without you. AI drafting from your confirmed facts switches on once its quality evaluation passes. What to do instead: write and edit your copy by hand on **Page design**. See [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md) for tips that keep your copy specific and clear of the honesty checks. ## No archiving of funnels from the app You can’t archive funnels from the app in this release, one at a time or in bulk, and you can’t delete a funnel from the app either. Some messages, such as the one you see at your stored-funnel limit, mention archiving; there is no control for it. What to do instead: take a funnel you no longer want live down with **Unpublish** on **Launch setup**. Keep working in the funnels you already have: you can change a funnel’s copy, form and page style at any time. See [Your workspace holds as many funnels as your plan stores](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/troubleshooting.md#stored-funnel-limit). ## No new Vault packs every month **Campaign Vault** is a fixed set of 25 packs. No new packs are added on a schedule. What to do instead: choose from the packs in the [Campaign Vault pack reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/vault-packs.md), or start from a recipe. ## No unlimited or lifetime plans Nothing in FunnelCreative is unlimited, and hosting is never sold as lifetime. The terms of your purchase are shown where you bought FunnelCreative. A workspace with **FunnelCreative Commercial** has allowances for live funnels, stored funnels and AI units. What to do instead: see your current allowances on the **Plan** card on **Brand & presets**. See [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md). ## No custom code You can’t add code, HTML, scripts, styles or tracking pixels to your pages. Every field is plain text, and published pages run no scripts. What to do instead: use the page styles, and with **Pro** a brand kit, for your look. Use **Analytics** for views and submissions. ## No ads or traffic FunnelCreative doesn’t place, run or pay for ads, and doesn’t send visitors to your page. What to do instead: paste a Campaign Vault pack’s ad angles into your own ad account, and link to your funnel’s address. See [Ad angles](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/campaign-vault.md#ad-angles). ## No guided onboarding walkthrough There is no step-by-step tour inside the app. What to do instead: follow [Getting started](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/getting-started.md), which takes you from your purchase to your first enquiry. ## Related - [How FunnelCreative works](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/how-it-works.md) - [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md) - [Plans and what each includes](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/plans-and-access.md) - [Frequently asked questions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/faq.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads # Privacy and your leads > Where your visitors' details are kept, who can see them, how they leave FunnelCreative and how to delete them, including that leads are never sent to AI providers. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads ## Your leads stay in your workspace When a visitor sends your form, their answers are stored as a lead in the workspace that owns the funnel. Only people in that workspace can reach it, and only with a role that allows it (see below). A lead from one workspace can't be opened from another. How long leads are kept is shown on the **Leads** line under **How long we keep things** (**Settings → Account & data**). ## Leads are never sent to AI providers FunnelCreative never sends your leads to an AI provider, and never uses them as material for AI writing. The parts of FunnelCreative that store and show leads have no connection to any AI service, and an automated test checks that this stays true. If you use your own AI assistant to help with your funnel, don't paste your leads' personal details into it either. See [Using FunnelCreative with your AI assistant](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant.md). ## What a lead contains A lead holds: - the answers the visitor typed into your form - the consent record: whether they ticked the box, whether it was required, the exact consent statement they saw, and when - which funnel, form and published version it came from, and when it arrived - the status and notes you and your team add A lead does not hold the visitor's IP address, browser details or any cookie. ## What your published pages collect - Published pages set no cookies and read none. - To slow down people sending the form many times, FunnelCreative uses a shortened, scrambled code made from the visitor's IP address (a truncated hash). It is used only for that limit and is never stored on the lead. - Page views are counted as numbers only. Nothing about the visitor is kept for analytics. See [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md). - Published pages run no scripts and load nothing from other websites. ## Who can see and change leads | Role | Read leads, set status, add notes | Export and delete leads | |---|---|---| | Owner | Yes | Yes | | Admin | Yes | Yes | | Member | Yes | No | | Viewer | No | No | Viewers never see leads. The inbox tells them **Viewers can’t see leads: they’re your visitors’ personal details.** Notes on a lead are seen only by people in your workspace. See [Your team: members, roles and workspaces](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/team-and-roles.md). ## How leads leave FunnelCreative Leads leave FunnelCreative in only two ways, and both are started by you: - **Export CSV** in the lead inbox (owners and admins). See [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#export-csv). - The account data export in Settings → Account & data (owners and admins), which includes every lead in the workspace. It stays downloadable for the number of days shown under **Export your data** (**Settings → Account & data**). See [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). There is no CRM sync and there are no webhooks, so nothing is passed to another service automatically. FunnelCreative doesn't email your leads or email you about them. Other things never carry leads: - Presets never copy leads. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets (Pro)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). - Email drafts never include a lead's details. See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). ## Deleting a visitor's details on request If someone asks you to delete their details: 1. Open your lead inbox and search for their email address. 2. Open the lead and click **Delete this lead**, then **Delete lead**. 3. Their answers, consent record and your notes are erased straight away. This can't be undone. Only owners and admins can delete leads. If you need a record that you honoured the request, export first. Your Account & data screen says: **Deleting a lead cannot be undone. Export first if you need a record that you honoured the request; the export shows the lead only until it is deleted.** After a lead is deleted, your analytics still count that the form was sent, but nothing about the person remains. Step by step: [Delete a lead](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md#delete-a-lead). For closing your whole account, see [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md). ## How long things are kept - Funnels, versions, images and leads: shown on the **Funnels, versions, images** and **Leads** lines under **How long we keep things** (**Settings → Account & data**). - Data exports: the number of days shown under **Export your data** (**Settings → Account & data**). - The other periods (sign-in sessions and the security log) are shown under **How long we keep things** on your Account & data screen. These periods are still being decided, so this page doesn’t print them. ## The Privacy page The [Privacy](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/privacy) page is a placeholder in this preview. It says so at the top (**Placeholder · not approved for launch**) and is not a privacy policy. This help page describes what the software does. It is not legal advice and it is not your own privacy notice to your visitors. ## For AI assistants - Leads are stored in the funnel owner's workspace and are never sent to AI providers or used as AI context. - A lead contains the visitor's answers, a consent record, its funnel, form, version and time, and the owner's status and notes. It contains no IP address, user agent or cookie. - Published pages set and read no cookies and run no scripts. The visitor's IP address is used only as a truncated hash for rate limiting. - Owners, admins and members can read leads and set status and notes. Only owners and admins can export or delete. Viewers cannot see leads. - Leads leave only through the owner's CSV export or the account data export. There is no CRM sync, webhook or email to or about leads. - Deleting a lead erases its answers, consent record and notes permanently. The submission count in analytics is kept. - Do not ask a user to paste leads' personal details into a chat. ## Related - [Your lead inbox and CSV export](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/leads.md) - [Export your data, delete leads on request, close your account](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/account-and-data.md) - [Analytics: views and submissions](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/analytics.md) - [What your funnel collects: enquiries and promised next steps](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/accessibility # Accessibility of your published pages > What FunnelCreative builds into every published page so more people can read and use it, what you add yourself, and exactly what has and hasn’t been tested. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: everyone Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/accessibility FunnelCreative draws every published page from the same set of building blocks, so the accessibility work below applies to every funnel, in every page style, on every plan. It is not a compliance statement or a certification. The last sections of this page say plainly what has been tested and what hasn’t. ## What every published page does ### Structure and headings - Each page declares its language as English. - Each page has exactly one main heading: the headline at the top of the landing page, or the headline of the thank-you message. - Section headings sit one level below it, and item titles (such as each benefit or question) one level below that. Heading levels never skip. When you leave a section heading empty, most sections keep a heading for screen readers, hidden from view, so the order holds. **Questions** shows “Frequently asked questions” instead, and a **Text section** without a heading has none, so give it a heading if it starts a new topic. - Text is plain text. You can’t add markup that breaks the page structure. ### Forms - Every question has a visible label. Optional questions are marked **(optional)**. - Help text and error messages are linked to their question, so screen readers read them with it. - A question with a problem is marked as invalid, and its message starts with “Error:” for screen reader users. - When a visitor sends a form with problems, a summary headed **There is a problem** appears and links to each question that needs fixing. - Consent is a separate tick box with its own label. It is never ticked in advance. - Error messages say what to do, for example **Enter an email address like `name@example.com`.** or **Tick the box to agree before you send your details.** - On the thank-you page, your next steps sit in a numbered list under **What happens next**. ### Keyboard, focus and motion - Visitors can fill in and send your form with a keyboard alone. - The element with keyboard focus has a clear, thick outline. - Pages have no animations. Smooth scrolling happens only when the visitor hasn’t asked their device to reduce motion. ### Colour and layout - The FunnelCreative look is checked for readable contrast in all three page styles. - With **Pro**, a brand kit can’t be saved with colours below the WCAG AA contrast standard. Every text colour and background colour pair the page styles draw is checked, and form field borders are checked too. See [Brand kits, the badge and presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md). - Pages fit screens from 320 px to 1440 px wide without sideways scrolling or cut-off text. ## What you do as the page owner The page is built accessibly, but some things only you can provide. 1. Write an **Image description** for every image that carries meaning. Describe what it shows in one plain sentence. Leave it empty if the image is only decoration, so screen readers skip it. See [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md). 2. Write clear form questions. Each **Question** is the label people and screen readers use, so make it say exactly what you are asking, for example “What would you like to ask about?” rather than “Details”. 3. Use **Help text** for anything a visitor needs to know to answer, such as the format you want. 4. Keep required questions to the ones you need. Untick **Required** for the rest. 5. Write button text that makes sense on its own, such as “Request a quote” rather than “Click here”. 6. Write headings that describe the section, so people who jump from heading to heading can find their way. ## What has been tested These checks run automatically against FunnelCreative: - An automated accessibility checker (axe-core) finds no serious or critical issue on published pages in all three page styles, both the landing page and the thank-you page, and on every app screen. - Every page style, for every audience and both pages, holds its layout at 320, 375, 768, 1024 and 1440 px wide, with no sideways scrolling, cut-off text or low-contrast text. - The app screens have no sideways scrolling at 320 px wide and at 200% zoom. - The core task works with a keyboard alone: creating a funnel, editing it, publishing it, a visitor filling in and sending the live form, and the owner opening the lead. Every stop shows a visible focus outline. - With reduced motion switched on, nothing on the app screens animates. - Brand kit previews pass the contrast check, including a deliberately pale kit after its suggested fix. ## What hasn’t been tested yet Be aware of these gaps: - No one using a screen reader or other assistive technology has tried FunnelCreative. We haven’t checked by ear whether status messages are announced well. - Nothing has been tested on a real phone with touch or switch access. - Real browser zoom, operating-system text size and high-contrast or forced-colours modes haven’t been checked. - The tests used sample content and sample brand kits, not real owners’ pages. - No one has studied whether owners understand every message in the app. ## No compliance claim FunnelCreative doesn’t claim that published pages meet any accessibility law, standard or certification. The checks above lower the risk of common problems. They don’t replace testing with the people who will use your page. If accessibility matters for your audience, ask people who use assistive technology to try your published page. ## Related - [Add images and files](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/images-and-files.md) - [Edit your form and consent statement](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/forms-and-consent.md) - [Brand kits, the badge and presets](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brand-and-presets.md) - [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md) --- Source: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant # Using FunnelCreative with your AI assistant > Give your own AI assistant the FunnelCreative guide and a filled-in brief, then check what it writes before you paste it into your funnel. Applies to: Everyone · Audience: humans Web page: https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/use-with-your-ai-assistant You can use any AI assistant you already have to help you plan and word your funnel. This page shows you how to set it up so its suggestions fit what FunnelCreative can do, and what to check before anything goes on your page. This page is about your own assistant, outside FunnelCreative. For FunnelCreative’s own AI writing, see [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md). ## Before you start - Have your offer clear in your head: who it is for, what you are offering, and what should happen after someone fills in your form. - Know which results, credentials or reviews you can actually prove. If you have none, that is fine. Say so. - Open FunnelCreative in another tab, so you can copy and paste between the two. ## Give your assistant the FunnelCreative guide Your assistant does its best work when it knows what FunnelCreative can and can’t do. FunnelCreative publishes its help in a form assistants can read. 1. If your assistant can open web addresses, give it the address of this help site’s [llms.txt](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/llms.txt) file. It lists every help page as plain text, starting with the AI assistant guide. 2. If it can’t open web addresses, open the [AI assistant guide](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/ai-assistant-guide.md). At the bottom of the page, choose “View this page as Markdown”. Copy all of that text and paste it into your chat. 3. Tell your assistant: “Follow this guide whenever you help me with FunnelCreative.” The whole help site is also available as one long text file, [llms-full.txt](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/llms-full.txt), for assistants that can read a lot at once. ## Fill in the brief Copy the brief below, fill in each line in your own words, and paste it into your chat after the guide. It includes every question on the **Business facts** tab, so those answers are ready to confirm there, plus a few more that help your assistant write in your voice. ```text FUNNELCREATIVE BRIEF Business name: Who this is for (the people you want to reach, in your own words): What you’re offering (one or two sentences a visitor would recognise): What happens after someone fills in the form (pick exactly one; each recipe offers only some of these, see the recipe reference): - Interest registered: Your interest has been registered. Nothing has been bought or booked. - On the waitlist: You have joined the waitlist. No account or trial has been created. - Request received: Your demo request has been received. No time has been booked yet. - Application received: Your application has been received and will be reviewed. Nothing has been booked or paid for. - Request received: Your quote request has been received. This is not a booking or an order. - Enquiry received: Your enquiry has been received. Nothing has been booked or paid for. - Request received: Your request has been received. Nothing has been bought or booked. - Registration received: Your registration has been received. The host sends the joining details. Put the date and time in your calendar now; this page doesn't send reminders. What I want to collect (for example: waitlist sign-ups, quote requests, applications, enquiries): Recipe, if I know it (optional; these recipes have a form and collect enquiries): - Webinar to course - Appointment requests - Quote requests - Consultation enquiries - Membership enquiries - Table enquiries - Waitlist sign-ups Things I already have (logo, photos, a guide, a video): Results or credentials I can prove (or "none"): Tone (for example: warm, plain, expert): Words or promises to avoid: Deadline, if there is a real one (or "none"): NOTES FOR MY AI ASSISTANT - Before you write anything, read FunnelCreative's llms.txt (at /llms.txt on the FunnelCreative site) and follow its AI assistant guide. - Use only the facts in this brief. Never invent results, testimonials, reviews, numbers, prices, dates, credentials or guarantees. - Where a fact you need is missing, write [ask me] instead of guessing. - Keep every piece of copy within the field limits listed in the AI assistant guide. - Every button asks for the enquiry itself, in a few words, for example "Join the waitlist" or "Request a quote". - Never write that anything was bought, booked, started or sent: the form only collects an enquiry. - Only mention a deadline if the brief gives a real one. - Plain text only: no HTML, links, emoji or merge tokens in double curly brackets. ``` You can also open the brief on its own as a [plain-text file](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/brief-template.txt). Tips for a strong brief: - Describe your audience the way they would describe themselves: “first-time founders with a side project”, not “everyone”. - Pick one promised next step. Your thank-you page states it word for word, so the rest of your copy should match it. See [What your funnel collects](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/enquiries-not-sales.md). - Write “none” rather than leaving the proof line empty. That tells your assistant not to fill the gap with something made up. - If you don’t know which recipe fits, leave that line empty and ask your assistant to suggest one. The [recipe reference](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/recipes.md) lists every recipe and what its form collects. ## What to ask for Useful requests once your assistant has the guide and your brief: - “Which recipe fits my brief, and why?” Then choose it yourself on the Create screen. See [Create a funnel from your offer](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/create-a-funnel.md). - “Help me answer the three **Business facts** questions: **Who is this for?**, **What are you offering?** and **What happens after someone fills in the form?**” See [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md). - “Write a **Headline**, **Introduction** and **Button text** for the **Top of page** section, within the field limits.” - “Write three benefits for the **Benefits** section: a short title and one or two sentences each.” - “If my funnel has a **Questions** section (Campaign Vault packs do), list the questions my visitors ask most, with short answers.” - “Rewrite my follow-up email drafts in my tone. Keep them as plain drafts I send myself.” See [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - “Check this copy against the honesty rules in the guide and tell me anything that would stop the page from publishing.” Ask for one section at a time. It is easier to check, and easier to paste into the right field. ## Check before you paste Your assistant can make mistakes. You are the one who knows your business, so read everything it gives you before it goes into FunnelCreative. - Every fact is true and is one you would confirm on **Business facts**. Remove anything your assistant guessed. - There is no made-up proof: no testimonials, reviews, ratings, client names, numbers, results, awards or credentials you can’t back up. - There is one promise, and it matches your promised next step. - Buttons ask for the enquiry itself, such as “Join the waitlist” or “Request a quote”. Words that suggest buying, booking or getting access straight away stop the page from publishing. - Nothing says a payment, booking, enrolment, account, trial or email has happened. Your form only collects an enquiry. - There is no urgency unless your deadline is real. - Page copy is plain text. Fields on your page don’t take links, code or formatting. Email drafts accept a small set of simple formatting; see [Follow-up email drafts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/email-drafts.md). - There are no tokens in double curly brackets, such as `{{first_name}}`. FunnelCreative doesn’t fill them in, and they stop your funnel from publishing. - Each piece fits its field. Each field stops at its limit, so if you paste text that is too long, the end is cut off. Check the end of each field after you paste. See [Edit your page](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/edit-your-page.md#refused-edits). ## Keep your leads out of the chat Never paste your leads’ names, email addresses or answers into an AI chat. They are your visitors’ personal details. FunnelCreative never sends your leads to AI providers. Keep it that way on your side too: if you want help with a reply, describe the situation in general terms instead. See [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md). ## The honesty checks still run FunnelCreative checks parts of your page and email drafts before it publishes. The top of the page, the offer, calls to action, form headings, the thank-you page, the consent statement and the email text are checked for wording that says something was bought, booked or started, and every field is checked for placeholders. If one of those checks fails, **Launch setup** lists it with a button that takes you to the fix. See [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md). Other sections, such as **Benefits** and **Questions**, aren’t checked for claims, and no check can tell whether a fact is true. Passing the checks doesn’t mean the copy is right: read every line yourself. ## Related - [AI assistant guide](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/ai-assistant-guide.md) - [Writing your copy (and AI writing)](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/write-with-ai.md) - [Honesty checks: why some words stop a page from publishing](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/honesty-checks.md) - [Confirm your business facts](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/confirm-your-facts.md) - [Privacy and your leads](https://staging.funnelcreative.com/docs/privacy-and-your-leads.md)